US9092130B2 - Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation - Google Patents

Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US9092130B2
US9092130B2 US13/243,202 US201113243202A US9092130B2 US 9092130 B2 US9092130 B2 US 9092130B2 US 201113243202 A US201113243202 A US 201113243202A US 9092130 B2 US9092130 B2 US 9092130B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
document
display
magnification level
text
insertion point
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
US13/243,202
Other languages
English (en)
Other versions
US20120311422A1 (en
Inventor
Christopher Douglas Weeldreyer
Martin J. Murrett
Matthew Todd Schomer
Kevin Raemon Glyn Smyth
Ian Joseph Elseth
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Apple Inc
Original Assignee
Apple Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US13/243,202 priority Critical patent/US9092130B2/en
Application filed by Apple Inc filed Critical Apple Inc
Priority to JP2014513715A priority patent/JP5987054B2/ja
Priority to PCT/US2012/040291 priority patent/WO2012166976A2/en
Priority to CN201711204770.8A priority patent/CN107992261B/zh
Priority to EP12727003.1A priority patent/EP2715508A2/en
Priority to KR1020157010326A priority patent/KR101834622B1/ko
Priority to CN201280026796.7A priority patent/CN103562841B/zh
Priority to KR1020137032396A priority patent/KR101673509B1/ko
Priority to AU2012262127A priority patent/AU2012262127B2/en
Publication of US20120311422A1 publication Critical patent/US20120311422A1/en
Assigned to APPLE INC. reassignment APPLE INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ELSETH, IAN JOSEPH, MURRETT, MARTIN J., SMITH, KEVIN RAEMON GLYN, SCHOMER, MATTHEW TODD, WEELDREYER, CHRISTOPHER DOUGLAS
Assigned to APPLE INC. reassignment APPLE INC. CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE ASSIGNMENT PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 029472 FRAME 0356. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE CORRECT NAME OF ASSIGNOR KEVIN RAEMON GLYN SMITH IS KEVIN RAEMON GLYN SMYTH.. Assignors: ELSETH, IAN JOSEPH, MURRETT, MARTIN J., SMYTH, KEVIN RAEMON GLYN, SCHOMER, MATTHEW TODD, WEELDREYER, CHRISTOPHER DOUGLAS
Priority to JP2015140027A priority patent/JP6138866B2/ja
Publication of US9092130B2 publication Critical patent/US9092130B2/en
Application granted granted Critical
Priority to AU2016202724A priority patent/AU2016202724B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/04845—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F17/214—
    • G06F17/24—
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/04812—Interaction techniques based on cursor appearance or behaviour, e.g. being affected by the presence of displayed objects
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/0485—Scrolling or panning
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04886—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00—Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/10—Text processing
    • G06F40/103—Formatting, i.e. changing of presentation of documents
    • G06F40/109—Font handling; Temporal or kinetic typography
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00—Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/10—Text processing
    • G06F40/166—Editing, e.g. inserting or deleting
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/048—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/04805—Virtual magnifying lens, i.e. window or frame movable on top of displayed information to enlarge it for better reading or selection
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/048—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/04806—Zoom, i.e. interaction techniques or interactors for controlling the zooming operation
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/04842—Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements

Definitions

  • This relates generally to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces, including but not limited to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces that display electronic documents.
  • touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly in recent years.
  • exemplary touch-sensitive surfaces include touch pads and touch screen displays. Such surfaces are widely used to manipulate electronic documents on a display.
  • Exemplary manipulations include navigating and editing an electronic document.
  • a user may need to perform such manipulations in any application that includes electronic document viewing and editing capabilities (e.g., a drawing application, a presentation application (e.g., Keynote from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a word processing application (e.g., Pages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a website creation application (e.g., iWeb from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), or a spreadsheet application (e.g., Numbers from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.)).
  • a drawing application e.g., a presentation application (e.g., Keynote from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a word processing application (e.g., Pages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a website creation application (e.g., iWeb from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), or a spreadsheet application (e.
  • Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for navigating and editing an electronic document.
  • Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • the device is a desktop computer.
  • the device is portable (e.g., a notebook computer, tablet computer, or handheld device).
  • the device has a touchpad.
  • the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a “touch screen” or “touch screen display”).
  • the device has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the user interacts with the GUI primarily through finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the functions may include image editing, drawing, presenting, word processing, website creating, disk authoring, spreadsheet making, game playing, telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, workout support, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, and/or digital video playing.
  • Executable instructions for performing these functions may be included in a non-transitory computer readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display.
  • the method includes: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document with a predefined page layout at a first magnification level on the display; detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; and in response to detecting the first input: selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and while maintaining the predefined page layout of the document, displaying, at the second magnification level, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text.
  • an electronic device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document with a predefined page layout at a first magnification level on the display; detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; and in response to detecting the first input: selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and while maintaining the predefined page layout of the document, displaying, at the second magnification level, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text.
  • a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, cause the device to: display at least a portion of an electronic document with a predefined page layout at a first magnification level on the display; detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; and in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and while maintaining the predefined page layout of the document, display, at the second magnification level, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text.
  • a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes at least a portion of an electronic document with a predefined page layout at a first magnification level.
  • a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document is detected, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document.
  • a second magnification level different from the first magnification level is selected, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and while maintaining the predefined page layout of the document, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text is displayed at the second magnification level.
  • an electronic device includes: a display; means for displaying at least a portion of an electronic document with a predefined page layout at a first magnification level on the display; means for detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; and in response to detecting the first input: means for selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and means for, while maintaining the predefined page layout of the document, displaying, at the second magnification level, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display.
  • the method includes: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; in response to detecting the first input: selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size; and displaying a portion of the document at the second magnification level; detecting a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level; in response to detecting the second input: displaying the portion of the document at the third magnification level; and storing a user-adjusted target text display size corresponding to a text display size of the first portion of text at the third magn
  • an electronic device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; in response to detecting the first input: selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size; and displaying a portion of the document at the second magnification level; detecting a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level; in response to detecting the second input: displaying the portion of the document at the third magnification level
  • a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, cause the device to: display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size; and display a portion of the document at the second magnification level; detect a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level; in response to detecting the second input: display the portion of the document at the third magnification level; and store a user-adjusted target text display size corresponding to a text display size of the first portion of text
  • a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level.
  • a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document is detected, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document.
  • a second magnification level different from the first magnification level is selected, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size; and a portion of the document is displayed at the second magnification level.
  • a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level is detected.
  • the portion of the document is displayed at the third magnification level; and a user-adjusted target text display size corresponding to a text display size of the first portion of text at the third magnification level is stored, where the user-adjusted target text display size is different from the default target text display size.
  • a third input indicating a second insertion point in the document is detected, where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document; and in response to detecting the third input, the document is displayed at a respective magnification level such that the second portion of text is displayed at the user-adjusted target text display size.
  • an electronic device includes: a display; means for displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; means for detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; in response to detecting the first input: means for selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size; and means for displaying a portion of the document at the second magnification level; means for detecting a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level; in response to detecting the second input: means for displaying the portion of the document at the third magnification level; and means for storing a user-adjusted target text display size corresponding to a text display size of the first portion of text
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display.
  • the method includes: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document, the first portion of text having a first font size; in response to detecting the first input: selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and displaying a portion of the document at the second magnification level; while displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level, detecting a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document, where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, the second portion of text having a second font size different from the first font size; and in response to detecting the second input: selecting
  • an electronic device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document, the first portion of text having a first font size; in response to detecting the first input: selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and displaying a portion of the document at the second magnification level; while displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level, detecting a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document, where the second insertion point is proximate to a second
  • a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, cause the device to: display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document, the first portion of text having a first font size; in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and display a portion of the document at the second magnification level; while displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level, detect a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document, where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, the second portion of text having a second font size different from the first font size; and in response to
  • a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level.
  • a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document is detected, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document, the first portion of text having a first font size; in response to detecting the first input: a second magnification level different from the first magnification levels selected, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and a portion of the document is displayed at the second magnification level; while displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level, a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document is detected, where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, the second portion of text having a second font size different from the first font size
  • an electronic device includes: a display; means for displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; means for detecting a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document, the first portion of text having a first font size; in response to detecting the first input: means for selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and means for displaying a portion of the document at the second magnification level; means for, while displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level, detecting a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document, where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, the second portion of text having a second font size different from the first font size; and in response to detecting the second input
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display.
  • the method includes: displaying a portion of an electronic document on the display; detecting a content selection input; and in response to detecting the content selection input: identifying a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input; and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, adjusting display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display.
  • an electronic device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a portion of an electronic document on the display; detecting a content selection input; and in response to detecting the content selection input: identifying a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input; and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, adjusting display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display.
  • a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the display; detect a content selection input; and in response to detecting the content selection input: identify a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input; and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, adjust display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display.
  • a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes a portion of an electronic document.
  • a content selection input is detected.
  • a selected portion of the document is identified in accordance with the content selection input; and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, display of the document is adjusted so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display.
  • an electronic device includes: a display; means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the display; means for detecting a content selection input; and in response to detecting the content selection input: means for identifying a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input; and means for, in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, adjusting display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display.
  • the method includes: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detecting an input indicating a point within an object in the document; and in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the object includes respective editable text: selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the respective text at a target text display size; and displaying the document at the second magnification level; and in accordance with a determination that the object does not include editable text: selecting a third magnification level different from the second magnification level, where the third magnification level is selected so as to display the object at a target object display size; and displaying the document at the third magnification level.
  • an electronic device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detecting an input indicating a point within an object in the document; and in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the object includes respective editable text: selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the respective text at a target text display size; and displaying the document at the second magnification level; and in accordance with a determination that the object does not include editable text: selecting a third magnification level different from the second magnification level, where the third magnification level is selected so as to display the object at a target object display size; and displaying the document at the third magnification level.
  • a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, cause the device to: display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; detect an input indicating a point within an object in the document; and in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the object includes respective editable text: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the respective text at a target text display size; and display the document at the second magnification level; and in accordance with a determination that the object does not include editable text: select a third magnification level different from the second magnification level, where the third magnification level is selected so as to display the object at a target object display size; and display the document at the third magnification level.
  • a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level.
  • An input indicating a point within an object in the document is detected.
  • a second magnification level different from the first magnification level is selected, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the respective text at a target text display size; and the document is displayed at the second magnification level.
  • a third magnification level different from the second magnification level is selected, where the third magnification level is selected so as to display the object at a target object display size; and the document is displayed at the third magnification level.
  • an electronic device includes: a display; means for displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display; means for detecting an input indicating a point within an object in the document; and in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the object includes respective editable text: means for selecting a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the respective text at a target text display size; and means for displaying the document at the second magnification level; and in accordance with a determination that the object does not include editable text: means for selecting a third magnification level different from the second magnification level, where the third magnification level is selected so as to display the object at a target object display size; and means for displaying the document at the third magnification level.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display.
  • the method includes: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a user-specified magnification level; while the document is in a document-display mode, receiving a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode; and in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode: entering the document-editing mode; and displaying the document at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level; while the document is in a document-editing mode, receiving a request to exit the document-editing mode; and in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: exiting the document-editing mode; and displaying the document at the user-specified magnification level.
  • an electronic device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a user-specified magnification level; while the document is in a document-display mode, receiving a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode; and in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode: entering the document-editing mode; and displaying the document at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level; while the document is in a document-editing mode, receiving a request to exit the document-editing mode; and in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: exiting the document-editing mode; and displaying the document at the user-specified magnification level.
  • a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, cause the device to: display at least a portion of an electronic document at a user-specified magnification level; while the document is in a document-display mode, receive a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode; and in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode: enter the document-editing mode; and display the document at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level; while the document is in a document-editing mode, receive a request to exit the document-editing mode; and in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: exit the document-editing mode; and display the document at the user-specified magnification level.
  • a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes at least a portion of an electronic document at a user-specified magnification level; where: while the document is in a document-display mode, a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode is received; and in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode: the document-editing mode is entered; and the document is displayed at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level; while the document is in a document-editing mode, a request to exit the document-editing mode is received; and in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: the document-editing mode is exited; and the document is displayed at the user-specified magnification level.
  • an electronic device includes: a display; means for displaying at least a portion of an electronic document at a user-specified magnification level; means for, while the document is in a document-display mode, receiving a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode; and in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode: means for entering the document-editing mode; and means for displaying the document at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level; means for, while the document is in a document-editing mode, receiving a request to exit the document-editing mode; and in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: means for exiting the document-editing mode; and means for displaying the document at the user-specified magnification level.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document with a predefined page layout at a first magnification level; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to: detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, wherein the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; and in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, wherein the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and while maintaining the predefined page layout of the document, enable display of, at the second magnification level, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to: detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, wherein the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document; in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, wherein the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size; and enable display of a portion of the document at the second magnification level; detect a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level; in response to detecting the second input: enable display of the portion of the document at the third magnification level; and store a user-adjusted target text display size corresponding to a text display size of the first portion
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to: detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, wherein the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document, the first portion of text having a first font size; in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, wherein the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; and enable display of a portion of the document at the second magnification level; while displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level, detect a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document, wherein the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, the second portion of text having a second font size different from the first font size; and in response
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a portion of an electronic document; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to: detect a content selection input; and in response to detecting the content selection input: identify a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input; and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, adjust display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display unit.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to: detect an input indicating a point within an object in the document; and in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the object includes respective editable text: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, wherein the second magnification level is selected so as to display the respective text at a target text display size; and enable display of the document at the second magnification level; and in accordance with a determination that the object does not include editable text: select a third magnification level different from the second magnification level, wherein the third magnification level is selected so as to display the object at a target object display size; and enable display of the document at the third magnification level.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document at a user-specified magnification level; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to: while the document is in a document-display mode, receive a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode; and in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode: enter the document-editing mode; and enable display of the document at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level; while the document is in a document-editing mode, receive a request to exit the document-editing mode; and in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: exit the document-editing mode; and enable display of the document at the user-specified magnification level.
  • electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for navigating and editing an electronic document, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices.
  • Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for navigating and editing an electronic document.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 5 A- 5 AA illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 6A-6E are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 7A-7B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 9A-9B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 11A-11B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 12 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 13 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 14 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 15 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 16 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 17 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Described below are devices and methods that allow a user to efficiently navigate and edit electronic documents.
  • the methods are particularly useful on portable devices with small displays, including handheld or pocket-sized devices (e.g., smart phones).
  • portable devices e.g., a user may find himself (or herself) constantly needing to manually readjust the text display size as the user moves through the document, from a very small text display size to get an overview of the document to a larger text display size to clearly see the text being edited.
  • These adjustments require multiple inputs and extensive hand-eye coordination. Such adjustments quickly become annoying and tiresome to users.
  • the methods described herein include:
  • FIGS. 1A-1B , 2 , 3 , and 12 - 17 provide a description of exemplary devices.
  • FIGS. 4A-4B and 5 A- 5 AA illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating and editing an electronic document.
  • FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B, 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, 10 , 11 A- 11 b are flow diagrams illustrating methods of navigating and editing an electronic document.
  • the user interfaces in FIGS. 5 A- 5 AA are used to illustrate the processes in FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B, 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, 10 , 11 A- 11 B.
  • first, second, etc. may be used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another.
  • a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of the present invention.
  • the first contact and the second contact are both contacts, but they are not the same contact.
  • the term “if” may be construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context.
  • the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” may be construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
  • the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
  • portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Other portable electronic devices such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touch pads), may also be used.
  • the device is not a portable device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touch pad).
  • an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device may include one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick.
  • the device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • applications such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • the various applications that may be executed on the device may use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface.
  • One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device may be adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application.
  • a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device may support the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive displays 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and may also be known as or called a touch-sensitive display system.
  • Device 100 may include memory 102 (which may include one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller 122 , one or more processing units (CPU's) 120 , peripherals interface 118 , RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , microphone 113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem 106 , other input or control devices 116 , and external port 124 .
  • Device 100 may include one or more optical sensors 164 . These components may communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103 .
  • device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown, may combine two or more components, or may have a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 1A may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of device 100 , such as CPU 120 and the peripherals interface 118 , may be controlled by memory controller 122 .
  • Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102 .
  • the one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data.
  • peripherals interface 118 , CPU 120 , and memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104 . In some other embodiments, they may be implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 may include well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • an antenna system an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • RF circuitry 108 may communicate with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • MAN metropolitan area network
  • the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or
  • Audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100 .
  • Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111 .
  • Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data may be retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118 .
  • audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212 , FIG. 2 ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g.
  • I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100 , such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116 , to peripherals interface 118 .
  • I/O subsystem 106 may include display controller 156 and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices.
  • the one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116 .
  • the other input control devices 116 may include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth.
  • input controller(s) 160 may be coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse.
  • the one or more buttons may include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113 .
  • the one or more buttons may include a push button (e.g., 206 , FIG. 2 ).
  • Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user.
  • Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112 .
  • Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user.
  • the visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user-interface objects.
  • Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact.
  • Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112 .
  • user-interface objects e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images
  • a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
  • Touch screen 112 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments.
  • Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 may detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112 .
  • projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Touch screen 112 may have a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi.
  • the user may make contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth.
  • the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen.
  • the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • device 100 may include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions.
  • the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output.
  • the touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • Power system 162 for powering the various components.
  • Power system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • power sources e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)
  • AC alternating current
  • a recharging system e.g., a recharging system
  • a power failure detection circuit e.g., a power failure detection circuit
  • a power converter or inverter e.g., a power converter or inverter
  • a power status indicator e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)
  • Device 100 may also include one or more optical sensors 164 .
  • FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Optical sensor 164 may include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image.
  • imaging module 143 also called a camera module
  • optical sensor 164 may capture still images or video.
  • an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen display may be used as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition.
  • another optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image may be obtained for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display.
  • Device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166 .
  • FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118 .
  • proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
  • Device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168 .
  • FIG. 1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118 .
  • accelerometer 168 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
  • Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168 , a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100 .
  • GPS or GLONASS or other global navigation system
  • the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126 , communication module (or set of instructions) 128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130 , graphics module (or set of instructions) 132 , text input module (or set of instructions) 134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135 , and applications (or sets of instructions) 136 .
  • memory 102 stores device/global internal state 157 , as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3 .
  • Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device's various sensors and input control devices 116 ; and location information concerning the device's location and/or attitude.
  • Operating system 126 e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks
  • Operating system 126 includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • general system tasks e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.
  • Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124 .
  • External port 124 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIREWIRE FireWire
  • the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
  • Contact/motion module 130 may detect contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156 ) and other touch sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).
  • Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
  • Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • Determining movement of the point of contact may include determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations may be applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
  • Contact/motion module 130 may detect a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns. Thus, a gesture may be detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event.
  • Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the intensity of graphics that are displayed.
  • graphics includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like.
  • graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic may be assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156 .
  • Text input module 134 which may be a component of graphics module 132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input).
  • applications e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input).
  • GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • applications e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • Applications 136 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
  • Examples of other applications 136 that may be stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications (e.g., word processing module 384 ), other image editing applications, drawing applications (e.g., drawing module 380 ), presentation applications (presentation module 382 ), spreadsheet applications (e.g., spreadsheet module 390 ), website creation applications (e.g., website creation module 386 ), JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • word processing applications e.g., word processing module 384
  • other image editing applications e.g., drawing module 380
  • presentation applications presentation module 382
  • spreadsheet applications e.g., spreadsheet module 390
  • website creation applications e.g., website creation module 386
  • JAVA-enabled applications e.g., JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • contacts module 137 may be used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138 , video conference 139 , e-mail 140 , or IM 141 ; and so forth.
  • an address book or contact list e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370 , including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating
  • telephone module 138 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in address book 137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed.
  • the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies.
  • videoconferencing module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
  • e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions.
  • e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143 .
  • the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages.
  • SMS Short Message Service
  • MMS Multimedia Message Service
  • XMPP extensible Markup Language
  • SIMPLE Session Initiation Protocol
  • IMPS Internet Messaging Protocol
  • transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS).
  • EMS Enhanced Messaging Service
  • instant messaging refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
  • workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store and transmit workout data.
  • create workouts e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals
  • communicate with workout sensors sports devices
  • receive workout sensor data calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout
  • select and play music for a workout and display, store and transmit workout data.
  • camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102 .
  • image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
  • modify e.g., edit
  • present e.g., in a digital slide show or album
  • browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
  • calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
  • widget modules 149 are mini-applications that may be downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149 - 1 , stocks widget 149 - 2 , calculator widget 149 - 3 , alarm clock widget 149 - 4 , and dictionary widget 149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149 - 6 ).
  • a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file.
  • a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
  • the widget creator module 150 may be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
  • search criteria e.g., one or more user-specified search terms
  • video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via external port 124 ).
  • device 100 may include the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
  • notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
  • map module 154 may be used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
  • maps e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data
  • online video module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264.
  • instant messaging module 141 rather than e-mail client module 140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video.
  • modules and applications correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein).
  • modules i.e., sets of instructions
  • memory 102 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 102 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad.
  • a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 may be reduced.
  • the predefined set of functions that may be performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad include navigation between user interfaces.
  • the touchpad when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that may be displayed on device 100 .
  • the touchpad may be referred to as a “menu button.”
  • the menu button may be a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • memory 102 in FIGS. 1A and 1B ) or 370 ( FIG. 3 ) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126 ) and a respective application 136 - 1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137 - 151 , 155 , 380 - 390 ).
  • Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136 - 1 and application view 191 of application 136 - 1 to which to deliver the event information.
  • Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes application internal state 192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing.
  • device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
  • application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136 - 1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
  • Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118 .
  • Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display 112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture).
  • Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166 , accelerometer(s) 168 , and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110 ).
  • Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
  • event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripheral interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
  • event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173 .
  • Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views, when touch sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
  • the application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected may correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected may be called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs may be determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
  • Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture.
  • hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (i.e., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event).
  • the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
  • Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
  • Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173 , event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver module 182 .
  • operating system 126 includes event sorter 170 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes event sorter 170 .
  • event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102 , such as contact/motion module 130 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application's user interface.
  • Each application view 191 of the application 136 - 1 includes one or more event recognizers 180 .
  • a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180 .
  • one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 136 - 1 inherits methods and other properties.
  • a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176 , object updater 177 , GUI updater 178 , and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170 .
  • Event handler 190 may utilize or call data updater 176 , object updater 177 or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192 .
  • one or more of the application views 191 includes one or more respective event handlers 190 .
  • one or more of data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191 .
  • a respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179 ) from event sorter 170 , and identifies an event from the event information.
  • Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184 .
  • event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183 , and event delivery instructions 188 (which may include sub-event delivery instructions).
  • Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170 .
  • the event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement.
  • the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event.
  • the event information may also include speed and direction of the sub-event.
  • events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
  • Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event.
  • event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186 .
  • Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 ( 187 - 1 ), event 2 ( 187 - 2 ), and others.
  • sub-events in an event 187 include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching.
  • the definition for event 1 ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object.
  • the double tap for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase.
  • the definition for event 2 ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object.
  • the dragging for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display 112 , and lift-off of the touch (touch end).
  • the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190 .
  • event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object.
  • event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112 , event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
  • the definition for a respective event 187 also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186 , the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers may interact with one another.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190 .
  • Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.
  • event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
  • event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
  • data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136 - 1 .
  • data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137 , or stores a video file used in video player module 145 .
  • object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136 - 1 .
  • object updater 176 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object.
  • GUI updater 178 updates the GUI.
  • GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.
  • event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 .
  • data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136 - 1 or application view 191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
  • event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input-devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens, e.g., coordinating mouse movement and mouse button presses with or without single or multiple keyboard presses or holds, user movements taps, drags, scrolls, etc., on touch-pads, pen stylus inputs, movement of the device, oral instructions, detected eye movements, biometric inputs, and/or any combination thereof, which may be utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the touch screen may display one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200 .
  • UI user interface
  • a user may select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure).
  • selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics.
  • the gesture may include one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100 .
  • inadvertent contact with a graphic may not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon may not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • Device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204 .
  • menu button 204 may be used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that may be executed on device 100 .
  • the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112 .
  • device 100 includes touch screen 112 , menu button 204 , push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208 , Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot 210 , head set jack 212 , and docking/charging external port 124 .
  • Push button 206 may be used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process.
  • device 100 also may accept verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113 .
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Device 300 need not be portable.
  • device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller).
  • Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPU's) 310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces 360 , memory 370 , and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components.
  • Communication buses 320 may include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components.
  • I/O interface 330 comprising display 340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 also may include a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355 .
  • Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices; and may include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 may optionally include one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310 .
  • memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1 ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 may store additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 .
  • memory 370 of device 300 may store drawing module 380 , presentation module 382 , word processing module 384 , website creation module 386 , disk authoring module 388 , and/or spreadsheet module 390 , while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1 ) may or may not store these modules.
  • Each of the above identified elements in FIG. 3 may be stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices.
  • Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
  • the above identified modules or programs i.e., sets of instructions
  • memory 370 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 370 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • UI user interfaces
  • FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces may be implemented on device 300 .
  • user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355 , FIG. 3 ) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112 ).
  • a touch-sensitive surface 451 e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355 , FIG. 3
  • the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4B .
  • the touch sensitive surface e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B
  • has a primary axis e.g., 452 in FIG.
  • the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B ) with the touch-sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 4B , 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470 ).
  • contacts e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B
  • 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470
  • user inputs e.g., contacts 460 and 462 , and movements thereof detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG.
  • finger inputs e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures
  • one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse based input or stylus input).
  • a swipe gesture may be replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact).
  • a tap gesture may be replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).
  • multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice may be used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts may be used simultaneously.
  • UI user interfaces
  • associated processes may be implemented on an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, such as device 300 or portable multifunction device 100 .
  • FIG. 5A illustrates document 500 displayed on touch screen 112 of device 100 .
  • Document 500 may be displayed in the user interface of an application (e.g., a word processing application, a presentation application, a spreadsheet application, etc.).
  • the application user interface in which document 500 is displayed may include toolbar 510 and “documents” button 512 for navigating to, if any, other documents.
  • document 500 is displayed in a document viewing or navigating mode.
  • Document 500 includes content, such as text 502 , images, objects, tables, charts, and so on.
  • Text 502 has a respective font size.
  • text 502 includes multiple portions with respective, different font sizes.
  • Document 500 has a predefined page layout; the content in document 500 is laid out in a predefined way and the layout is not affected by changes in the magnification level at which document 500 is displayed on touch screen 112 .
  • Document 500 is displayed at a first magnification level.
  • the first magnification level may be one that corresponds to fitting a whole page of document 500 on display 112 .
  • Document 500 may also be displayed at a larger or smaller magnification (e.g., in response to user input).
  • Text 502 for the same font size, has a text display size on screen that varies with the magnification level. Thus, text 502 has a first display size at the “fit whole page” magnification level.
  • the text display size is the size of the text as it appears on the display of a device (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100 ), as opposed to the font size, which is the size of the text as it would appear if printed out on physical media (e.g., paper).
  • the magnification level is expressed as a percentage (e.g., 100%, 200%, 50%, etc.).
  • the fit whole page magnification level described above corresponds to a magnification level percentage that achieves the fitting of a whole page onto display 112 .
  • Gesture 504 is detected at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to a location on document 500 .
  • gesture 504 is a single tap gesture.
  • the location of gesture 504 indicates insertion point 506 in text 502 .
  • Insertion point 506 is proximate to text portion 508 of text 502 .
  • FIG. 5B shows, alternatively, gesture 514 detected at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to a location on document 500 .
  • gesture 514 includes a tap and hold of a finger contact (i.e., finger makes contact on touch screen 112 and maintains contact with touch screen 112 , followed by a later liftoff of the contact).
  • loupe 516 is displayed, showing a magnified view of text portion 508 and insertion point marker 518 indicating an insertion point at a location in text 502 that corresponds to the location of gesture 514 .
  • insertion point marker 518 may be moved across document 500 (e.g., by moving the finger across touch screen 112 ) and loupe 516 follows the movement of insertion point marker to show a magnified view of the text in proximity to insertion point marker 518 .
  • portion 520 of document 500 is displayed in document editing mode, as shown in FIG. 5C .
  • document 500 (including portion 520 ) is displayed at a second magnification level that is different from the first magnification level.
  • Document portion 520 includes text portion 508 .
  • the second magnification level is a magnification level at which text portion 508 is displayed on touch screen 112 at a text display size that is comfortable for reading. For example, if text portion 508 has a font size whose text display size at 100% magnification is not comfortable for reading on touch screen 112 , text portion 508 may be displayed, when in document editing mode, at 200% magnification.
  • Insertion point marker 518 is displayed at the insertion point (e.g., insertion point 506 ), and text portion 508 is proximate (e.g., adjacent) to insertion point marker 518 .
  • insertion point marker 518 is a text cursor.
  • Document portion 520 is displayed such that the predefined layout of document 500 is maintained; text 502 , including text portion 508 is not re-flowed, re-wrapped, or the like. While in document editing mode, document 500 is scrollable (e.g., in response to swipe or flick gestures on touch screen 112 ).
  • While document portion 520 is displayed in document editing mode, keyboard 521 is also displayed, and “documents” button in toolbar 510 is replaced by “done” button 522 .
  • a user may enter text into document 500 by typing on keyboard 521 , and confirm completion of editing of document 500 by performing a gesture (e.g., a tap gesture) on “done” button 522 .
  • a gesture e.g., a tap gesture
  • “done” button 522 is activated by performance of a gesture on “done” button 522 , the document editing mode ends and a document viewing mode resumes.
  • FIG. 5D shows gesture 524 detected on touch screen 112 at a location corresponding on “done” button 522 (gesture 524 may be said to be detected on “done” button 522 ).
  • document 500 In response to the detection of gesture 524 , document 500 , including the revisions entered and confirmed in document editing mode, is displayed at the fit whole page magnification level and in a document viewing mode, as shown in FIG. 5E . “Done” button 522 is replaced by “documents” button 512 in toolbar 510 .
  • FIG. 5F shows document 500 , with text 502 , displayed in document viewing mode, along with toolbar 510 and “documents” button 512 .
  • Document 500 is displayed at fit whole page magnification; text 502 is displayed at a text display size corresponding to the fit whole page magnification level.
  • Gesture 526 is detected at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to a location on document 500 .
  • gesture 526 is a single tap gesture.
  • the location of gesture 526 indicates insertion point 506 in text 502 .
  • Insertion point 506 is proximate to text portion 508 of text 502 .
  • document portion 520 of document 500 is displayed in document editing mode, as shown in FIG. 5G .
  • Document portion 520 includes text portion 508 .
  • Document portion 520 is displayed at a magnification level such that text portion 508 is displayed at a default target text display size.
  • Keyboard 521 is also displayed, and “documents” button 512 is replaced by “done” button 522 .
  • Insertion point marker 518 is displayed to mark insertion point 506 .
  • Gesture 534 is detected on touch screen 112 .
  • Gesture 534 is a gesture to adjust the magnification level at which document portion 520 is displayed.
  • gesture 534 is a depinch gesture, with contacts 534 -A and 534 -B moving apart.
  • document portion 520 is displayed, while remaining in document editing mode, at a user-adjusted magnification level, as shown in FIG. 5H , which in this case is larger than the magnification level as shown in FIG. 5G .
  • text portion 520 is displayed at a user-adjusted text display size, which in this case is larger than the default target text display size as shown in FIG. 5G .
  • the user-adjusted text display size is stored by device 100 .
  • document 500 is displayed at the fit whole page magnification level and in a document viewing mode, as shown in FIG. 5I .
  • “Done” button 522 is replaced by “documents” button 512 in toolbar 510 .
  • gesture 536 is detected at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to a location on document 500 .
  • gesture 536 is a single tap gesture.
  • the location of gesture 536 indicates insertion point 538 in text 502 .
  • Insertion point 538 is proximate to text portion 540 of text 502 .
  • document portion 541 of document 500 which includes text portion 540 , is displayed in document editing mode, as shown in FIG. 5J .
  • Document portion 541 is displayed at a magnification level such that text portion 540 is displayed at the user-adjusted text display size that was stored previously.
  • Insertion point marker 518 is displayed to mark insertion point 538 .
  • document portion 541 is displayed at a magnification level such that text portion 540 is displayed at the user-adjusted text display size.
  • FIG. 5K illustrates document 542 , which includes text 543 , being displayed in document viewing mode on touch screen 112 .
  • Document 542 includes document portions 544 and 546 .
  • the text (a portion of text 543 ) in document portion 544 and the text (another portion of text 543 ) in document portion 546 have different font sizes.
  • the text display size of text in document portion 544 is larger than the text display size of text in document portion 546 .
  • Gesture 548 is detected at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to a location on document 542 .
  • gesture 548 is a single tap gesture.
  • the location of gesture 548 indicates insertion point 550 in text 543 .
  • Insertion point 550 is proximate to text portion 552 of text 543 .
  • Text portion 552 is located in document portion 546 .
  • document portion 546 is displayed in document editing mode, as shown in FIG. 5L .
  • Document portion 546 is displayed at a certain magnification level.
  • text portion 552 is displayed at a target text display size.
  • Insertion point marker 518 is displayed to mark insertion point 550 .
  • keyboard 521 Also displayed is keyboard 521 .
  • FIG. 5M shows document portion 544 , which includes text portion 556 of text 543 , displayed on touch screen 112 in document editing mode.
  • Document portion 544 may be reached from document portion 546 as displayed in FIG. 5L by scrolling document 542 (e.g., using swipe gestures).
  • document portion 544 may be reached from document portion 546 as displayed in FIG. 5L by dragging insertion marker 518 from document portion 546 to document portion 544 while in document editing mode.
  • Document portion 544 is displayed at the same magnification level as document portion 546 is displayed in FIG. 5L .
  • Text portion 556 is displayed at a larger text display size than text portion 552 is displayed in FIG. 5L .
  • Text portion 556 has a larger font size than text portion 552 and thus has a larger text display size for the same magnification level.
  • Gesture 554 is detected at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to a location in document portion 544 .
  • gesture 554 is a single tap gesture.
  • the location of gesture 554 indicates insertion point 555 in text 544 .
  • Insertion point 555 is proximate to text portion 556 of text 544 .
  • document portion 544 is displayed in FIG. 5N at a lower magnification level than that shown in FIG. 5M .
  • Insertion point marker 518 is displayed to mark insertion point 555 .
  • text portion 556 is displayed at the same text display size as text portion 552 is displayed in FIG. 5L ; the magnification level of the document is changed such that text of different font sizes are displayed at the same text display size as the user navigates from text of one font size to text of a different font size.
  • FIG. 5O illustrates a portion of document 558 being displayed, in document editing mode, at a certain magnification level.
  • Text in document 558 is displayed at a certain text display size.
  • Text 562 is selected, as indicated by content selection range 560 .
  • selection options menu 565 for manipulating the selected text 562
  • content selection handles 564 -A and 564 -B for adjusting content selection range 560 .
  • Gesture 566 is detected on handle 564 -B, dragging handle 564 -B in a direction that increases content selection range 560 (e.g., downward in FIG. 5O ).
  • selection range 560 is enlarged, as shown in FIG. 5P .
  • loupe 567 which shows a magnified view of text at the end of selection range 560 as handle 564 -B is moved, is displayed.
  • selected text 562 includes more text than is shown in FIG. 5O . Some of selected text 562 is not displayed in FIG. 5O .
  • FIG. 5Q illustrates gesture 566 ceasing to be detected on touch screen 112 , while selection range 560 includes an end of a paragraph in document 558 .
  • the ceasing (lift off) of gesture 566 adjustment of content selection range 560 is completed.
  • the magnification level at which document 558 is displayed is changed, as shown in FIG. 5R .
  • the new magnification level is chosen so that the entirety of selected text 562 in content selection range 560 is displayed on touch screen 112 , rather than showing just some of selected text 562 because the magnification level is too high.
  • document 558 may be displayed at a fit whole page magnification level, as shown in FIG. 5R , or a fit page width magnification level.
  • content selection range 560 is extended so that selected text 562 includes an entire paragraph. Also displayed are paragraph selection options menu 569 for manipulating the selected paragraph, and handles 564 -A and 564 -B for adjusting selection range 560 . As shown in FIG. 5R , handles 564 -A and 564 -B may be dragged to adjust selection range 560 to select more paragraphs or less paragraphs; a paragraph becomes the unit of text selection, as opposed to a smaller unit such as a character or a word.
  • gesture 568 is detected on handle 564 -B, which drags handle 564 -B downward, toward another paragraph of text in document 558 .
  • selection range 560 is extended by a paragraph, and selected text 562 includes another paragraph, as shown in FIG. 5S .
  • FIG. 5T shows document 570 displayed in document viewing mode on touch screen 112 .
  • Document 570 includes objects 572 and 576 .
  • an object is a shape, image, or other graphical object.
  • Object 572 includes editable text 574
  • object 576 does not include editable text.
  • object 576 When a gesture is detected on object 576 (e.g., gesture 580 , which may be a single tap gesture, on object 576 , FIG. 5T ), object 576 is displayed in document editing mode, at a magnification level that achieves a particular object display size, as shown in FIG. 5U .
  • the object display size is the size of the object as is appears on the display.
  • that particular object display size is a predefined size with respect to touch screen 112 .
  • the predefined size may be a size that fits the entire object 576 onto touch screen 112 .
  • object 572 when a gesture is detected on object 572 (e.g., gesture 582 , which may be a single tap gesture, FIG. 5T ), object 572 is displayed in document editing mode, at a magnification level that achieves a particular text display size for text 574 , as shown in FIG. 5V .
  • This magnification level may be selected without reference to the size of object 572 .
  • that particular text display size is a default text display size or a previously-stored user-adjusted text display size.
  • a gesture e.g., a single tap gesture
  • the new magnification level accommodates the text
  • the new magnification level accommodates the object
  • FIG. 5W illustrates document 584 being displayed, in document viewing mode, on touch screen 112 .
  • Document 584 is a spreadsheet document and includes worksheet 591 .
  • Worksheet 591 includes one or more rows and one or more columns.
  • Document 582 is displayed at some magnification level. Also displayed are toolbar 586 and “spreadsheets” 588 for navigating to other spreadsheet documents, similar to “documents” button 512 .
  • Gesture 590 for changing the magnification level of document 584 , is detected on touch screen 112 .
  • Gesture 590 includes contacts 590 -A and 590 -B moving apart (i.e., gesture 590 is a depinch gesture).
  • gesture 590 is a depinch gesture.
  • document 584 is displayed, still in the document viewing mode, at a user-adjusted magnification level, as shown in FIG. 5X .
  • Gesture 592 is detected on touch screen 112 , in proximity of cell 594 in worksheet 591 .
  • gesture 592 is a double tap gesture.
  • Cell 594 becomes the insertion point.
  • document 584 is displayed in a document editing mode, as shown in FIG. 5Y .
  • Document 584 is displayed at a magnification level different from the user-adjusted magnification level.
  • Cell 594 as the cell that is in proximity to gesture 592 , becomes an editable cell and in focus (e.g., centered) and is highlighted by cell insertion point marker 593 .
  • Also displayed are keypad 595 , edit field 596 showing the current contents of cell 594 , and edit complete button 597 .
  • a user may enter edits into the contents of cell 594 using keypad 595 , and the edits are reflected in edit field 596 .
  • a user activates edit complete button 597 with a gesture.
  • gesture 598 is detected on edit complete button 597 , as shown in FIG. 5Z .
  • gesture 598 is a single tap gesture.
  • document 584 is displayed at the user-adjusted magnification level (the same level as in FIG. 5X ), as shown in FIG. 5 AA.
  • Edit field 596 ceases to be displayed, and in worksheet 591 , cell selection marker 599 is displayed instead of cell insertion point marker 593 .
  • FIGS. 6A-6E are flow diagrams illustrating a method 600 of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the method 600 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) with a display and, typically, a touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method 600 provides an intuitive way to automatically zoom in on a user-specified insertion point when entering a document editing mode and display the text at the insertion point at a target text display size for easy viewing and editing.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when navigating and editing an electronic document, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to zoom in on content in a document faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays at least a portion of an electronic document with a predefined page layout at a first magnification level on the display ( 602 ).
  • the electronic document has a fixed page layout and the text does not “reflow” as the magnification level of the document is changed.
  • document 500 with predefined page layout is displayed on touch screen 112 .
  • document 500 is displayed at the fit whole page magnification level.
  • the predefined page layout is a multi-page layout and the document has content that is associated with a plurality of the pages (e.g., the electronic document is a word processor document, presentation document, pdf, etc.) ( 604 ).
  • the electronic document is a word processor document, presentation document, pdf, etc.
  • document 500 may have one or more pages in addition to the one displayed in FIG. 5A .
  • the predefined page layout is a table with a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns (e.g., the electronic document is a spreadsheet document, etc.) ( 606 ).
  • the device detects a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, where the first insertion point is proximate to (e.g., adjacent to) a first portion of text in the document ( 608 ).
  • the first portion of text is typically a word or character adjacent to the first insertion point that has a predefined font size (e.g., a font size specified by the document).
  • a predefined font size e.g., a font size specified by the document.
  • gesture 504 is detected.
  • the location of gesture 504 indicates the insertion point 506 .
  • the gesture is a finger gesture (e.g., a tap gesture) that has a contact area and the centroid of the contact area (or a point offset from the centroid of the contact area) is used to locate the insertion point.
  • Insertion point 506 is proximate to text portion 508 .
  • insertion point refers to a location within the document that may also used as a location for displaying an insertion point marker, such as a text cursor or highlighted word.
  • the device In response to detecting the first input ( 610 ), the device selects a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size ( 612 ); and, while maintaining the predefined page layout of the document, the device displays, at the second magnification level, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text ( 614 ).
  • the device displays, at the second magnification level, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text ( 614 ).
  • FIGS. 5A thru 5 C in response to the detection of gesture 504 ( FIG. 5A ) or gesture 514 ( FIG. 5B ), document portion 520 , which includes text portion 508 , is displayed at a larger magnification level, where the larger magnification level is one that is selected so that text portion 508 is displayed at a text display size that is comfortable for reading.
  • a magnification level is selected such that text is displayed at a target text display size that has been determined to be a comfortable reading size (e.g., 17 pt or some other predefined text display size).
  • the target text display size may be either a predefined target text display size or a user-adjusted target text display size, as described below in greater detail with reference to method 700 and FIGS. 7A-7B .
  • text display size is different from “font size.”
  • the “font size” of the text corresponds to a physical dimension of the text as it would appear if the document were to be printed out.
  • “text display size” corresponds to a dimension of the text as it appears on the display of the electronic device and is not necessarily the physical dimension of the text as it would appear when printed.
  • the text display size of a word may be substantially larger or substantially smaller than the font size, depending on the magnification level at which the document is displayed. For example, a word with font size of 12 pt in a document could be displayed at a text display size of 24 pt by displaying the document at a 200% magnification level.
  • displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level includes displaying an animation of the document zooming from the first magnification level to the second magnification level ( 616 ). For example, there may be an animated transition from the magnification level shown in FIG. 5A to the magnification level as shown in FIG. 5C .
  • the device in response to detecting the first input, performs an operation selected from the set consisting of: placing a text cursor at the first insertion point, selecting a cell of a spreadsheet proximate to the first insertion point for editing, and highlighting text proximate to the first insertion point ( 618 ). For example, in response to the detection of gesture 504 ( FIG. 5A ), insertion point marker 518 is inserted at insertion point 506 ( FIG. 5C ).
  • the device in response to detecting the first input, scrolls the document so that the first insertion point is in a central region of a displayed portion of the document ( 620 ).
  • the document is scrolled in one dimension (e.g., horizontally or vertically).
  • the document is scrolled or translated in two dimensions (e.g., horizontally and vertically). For example, in FIG. 5C , insertion point marker 518 (marking insertion point 506 ) is approximately centered in the displayed part of document portion 520 . Scrolling of document 500 may be needed, when transitioning from the magnification level shown in FIG. 5A to the magnification level shown in FIG. 5C , to achieve the centering.
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface, and the first input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface ( 622 ).
  • the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display.
  • the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined as a touchscreen display.
  • display 112 on device 100 is a touch screen, and gesture 504 is detected on touch screen 112 .
  • the first input is a single tap on the touch-sensitive surface ( 624 ).
  • gesture 504 FIG. 5A
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface
  • the first input includes detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface, detecting movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface, and ceasing to detect the contact on the touch-sensitive surface ( 626 ).
  • gesture 514 includes a contact on touch screen 112 , any movement as needed to move insertion point marker 518 to the desired insertion point location, and liftoff of the contact from touch screen 112 .
  • the device while detecting movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface, displays a magnified portion of the document corresponding to a current location of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface, where the first insertion point is selected based on a position of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface when the device ceases to detect the contact on the touch-sensitive surface ( 628 ).
  • the magnified portion of the document has the appearance of a loupe and enables more accurate selection of the first insertion point.
  • loupe 516 is displayed. Loupe 516 shows a magnified view of text 508 around insertion point marker 518 , which is located at a location in document 500 corresponding to the location of the contact of gesture 514 . The location of insertion point marker 518 is confirmed when the contact of gesture 514 lifts off from touch screen 112 .
  • the device in response to detecting the first input, enters a document-editing mode ( 630 ).
  • a document-editing mode For example, in FIG. 5C , in response to gesture 504 or 514 , document portion 520 is displayed in document editing mode. Keyboard 521 is displayed, and “documents” button 512 is replaced by “done” button 522 .
  • a single input e.g., a tap gesture or a tap and hold gesture results in: entering edit mode, placing a text cursor, zooming to a different magnification level with a comfortable text display size, scrolling the document to place the insertion point in a central region of the display, and displaying a soft keyboard.
  • the electronic device enters the document-editing mode in response to detecting an end of the first input (e.g., when the display is a touchscreen display, detecting the end of the input is typically detecting liftoff of a contact from the touchscreen display) ( 632 ).
  • document 500 is displayed in document editing mode (as in FIG. 5C ) in response to the end of gesture 504 or 514 .
  • the device in response to detecting the first input, displays a soft keyboard on the display ( 634 ). For example, in response to gesture 504 , along with the display of document 500 in document editing mode, keyboard 521 is displayed ( FIG. 5C ).
  • the device edits text of the document in response to user inputs ( 636 ).
  • text portion 508 may be edited in response to user typing on keyboard 521 .
  • the document is one of a plurality of documents ( 638 ).
  • the device Prior to entering the document-editing mode, the device displays a navigation affordance (e.g., documents button) for navigating between different documents in a set of documents ( 640 ).
  • the device replaces the navigation affordance with an exit affordance (e.g., done button) for exiting the document-editing mode ( 642 ).
  • a navigation affordance e.g., documents button
  • an exit affordance e.g., done button
  • FIG. 5A “documents” button 512 is displayed.
  • FIG. 5C when document 500 is displayed in document editing mode, “documents” button 512 is replaced by “done” button 522 .
  • the device receives a request to exit the document-editing mode ( 644 ); and, in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode ( 646 ), exits the document-editing mode ( 648 ) and displays the document at the first magnification level. (e.g., returns to prior magnification level) ( 650 ).
  • the first magnification level e.g., returns to prior magnification level
  • FIG. 5D gesture 524 is detected on “done” button 522 .
  • document 500 is displayed in document viewing mode at fit whole page magnification (as shown in FIG. 5E ), which is the same magnification level as in FIG. 5A .
  • the device receives a request to exit the document-editing mode ( 652 ); and, in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode ( 654 ), exits the document-editing mode ( 656 ) and displays the document at a third magnification level that corresponds to a predefined document magnification level different from the first magnification level (e.g., a page width magnification level) ( 658 ).
  • a predefined document magnification level different from the first magnification level e.g., a page width magnification level
  • FIG. 5D gesture 524 is detected on “done” button 522 .
  • document 500 may be displayed at a magnification level different than the magnification level shown in FIG. 5A (not shown).
  • the device scrolls the document in response to detecting inputs from a user ( 660 ); and, after exiting the document-editing mode, redisplays the document as it appeared when the first input was detected ( 662 ).
  • the document is scrolled and zoomed so as to reposition the document at the same magnification level and scroll position that it was displayed at prior to entering the edit mode.
  • the document may be scrolled in one or two dimensions while in edit mode.
  • document 500 is scrollable while in document editing mode. After exiting document editing mode in response to detection of gesture 524 , document 500 is displayed at the same magnification level as when gesture 504 is detected in FIG. 5A .
  • the target text display size at which the first portion of text is displayed in response to detecting the first input is a default target text display size ( 664 ). While displaying the portion of the document that includes the first portion of text at the second magnification level, the device detects a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level ( 666 ).
  • the device In response to detecting the second input ( 668 ), the device displays the portion of the document at the third magnification level ( 670 ) and stores a user-adjusted target text display size corresponding to a text display size of the first portion of text at the third magnification level ( 672 ), where the user-adjusted target text display size is different from the default target text display size.
  • the device After storing the user-adjusted target text display size ( 674 ), the device detects a third input indicating a second insertion point in the document, where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document ( 676 ); and in response to detecting the third input, displays the document at a respective magnification level such that the second portion of text is displayed at the user-adjusted target text display size ( 678 ). For example, in FIGS. 5C and 5G , text portion 508 is displayed at a text display size that may be a default text display size as a result of document portion 520 being displayed at the second magnification level. In FIG. 5G , gesture 534 to adjust the magnification level is detected.
  • document portion 520 is displayed at a user-adjusted magnification level (as shown in FIG. 5H ), and a text display size corresponding to the user-adjusted magnification level is stored.
  • gesture 536 FIG. 5I indicating insertion point 538 is detected.
  • document portion 541 is displayed at the user-adjusted magnification level so that text portion 540 is displayed at the stored text display size (instead of the prior default text display size in FIGS. 5A and 5G ), as shown in FIG. 5J .
  • the first portion of text has a first font size ( 680 ). While displaying the portion of the document that includes the first portion of text at the second magnification level, the device detects a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document ( 682 ), where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, and the second portion of text has a second font size different from the first font size. In response to detecting the second input ( 684 ), the device selects a third magnification level different from the second magnification level ( 686 ), where the third magnification level is selected so as to display the second portion of text at the target text display size, and displays a portion of the document at the third magnification level ( 688 ).
  • text portion 508 has a font size, and is displayed at a text display size ( FIG. 5C ).
  • a gesture indicating another insertion point proximate to a text portion with a different font size analogous to gesture 554 ( FIG. 5M ), may be detected.
  • text in the text portion with the different font size is displayed at a certain magnification level so that that text is displayed at a same text display size as text portion 508 .
  • the device after displaying the portion of the document that includes the first portion of text at the second magnification level ( 690 ), the device detects a content selection input ( 692 ). In response to detecting the content selection input ( 694 ), the device identifies a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input ( 696 ), and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, the device adjusts display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display ( 698 ). For example, a content selection input similar to gesture 566 ( FIG. 5O ) on content selection handle 564 -B may be detected. In response to the detection of gesture 566 , text in document 500 may be selected. If the selected text includes portion outside of a currently displayed portion, the magnification level of document 500 may be adjusted to display the entire selected text.
  • FIGS. 6A-6E have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein.
  • details of other processes described herein with respect to methods 700 , 800 , 900 , 1000 , and 1100 e.g., FIGS. 7A-7B , 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B, respectively
  • FIGS. 7A-7B , 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B, respectively are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 600 described above with respect to FIGS. 6A-6E .
  • the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described above with reference to method 600 may have one or more of the characteristics of the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described herein with reference to methods 700 , 800 , 900 , 1000 , and 1100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 7A-7B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 700 of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the method 700 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) with a display and a, typically, touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method 700 provides an intuitive way to modify the target text display size from a default value to a user-adjusted value.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when navigating and editing an electronic document, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to zoom in on content in a document faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display ( 702 ). For example, in FIG. 5F , document 500 is displayed at a fit whole page magnification level.
  • the document has a predefined page layout and the predefined page layout is maintained while displaying the document at different magnification levels ( 704 ).
  • the device detects a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, wherein the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document ( 706 ). For example, in FIG. 5F , gesture 526 is detected. The location of gesture 526 indicates insertion point 506 , which is proximate to text portion 508 .
  • the device selects a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size ( 710 ), and displays a portion of the document at the second magnification level ( 714 ).
  • the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size ( 710 ), and displays a portion of the document at the second magnification level ( 714 ).
  • FIG. 5G in response to detecting gesture 526 , document portion 520 is displayed at a different magnification level from the fit whole page magnification level shown in FIG. 5F .
  • the different magnification level is one that is selected by device 100 such that text portion 508 (adjacent to the insertion point) is displayed at a default target text display size.
  • the default target text display size is a predefined value in the range 10 pt-24 pt ( 712 ).
  • the device detects a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level ( 716 ). For example, in FIG. 5G , depinch gesture 534 to change the magnification level is detected.
  • the device In response to detecting the second input ( 718 ), the device displays the portion of the document at the third magnification level ( 720 ), and stores a user-adjusted target text display size corresponding to a text display size of the first portion of text (e.g., the text adjacent to the first insertion point) at the third magnification level, where the user-adjusted target text display size is different from the default target text display size ( 722 ). For example, in response to the detection of gesture 534 , document portion 520 is displayed at yet another magnification level ( FIG. 5H ). At this user-adjusted magnification level, text portion 508 has a particular text display size. This text display size is stored as a user-adjusted target text display size.
  • the user-adjusted target text display size is only stored when the text display size of the first portion of text meets predefined text display size criteria (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the text display size of the first portion of text is within a range of values that are “allowable” target text display sizes).
  • the input is ignored for the purposes of storing a user-adjusted target display size if the user zooms to a magnification level at which text is either too large (e.g., greater than 72 pt) or too small (e.g., smaller than 10 pt) for a typical user to comfortably read, because the user is likely zooming the document for some purpose other than editing text proximate to the insertion point.
  • the device After storing the user-adjusted target text display size ( 724 ), the device detects a third input indicating a second insertion point in the document, where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document ( 726 ), and, in response to detecting the third input, displays the document at a respective magnification level such that the second portion of text is displayed at the user-adjusted target text display size ( 730 ).
  • the first portion of text may be the same as or different from the second portion of text.
  • gesture 536 is detected.
  • Gesture 536 indicates insertion point 538 , which is proximate to text portion 540 .
  • document portion 541 is displayed at a magnification level such that text portion 540 is displayed at the stored user-adjusted target text display size ( FIG. 5J ).
  • this process could be repeated any number of times to set a new user-adjusted target text display size.
  • a user will determine a preferred target text display size and thus the user will not need to continually adjust the user-adjusted target text display size. Rather, the user will find that the target text display size used for the whole document (or set of documents) is the user's preferred target text display size, which will improve user efficiency and enhance user productivity.
  • the user-adjusted target text display size is ignored or discarded when the user-adjusted target text display size is not within predefined text display size criteria.
  • the predefined text display size criteria include an upper bound (e.g., a text display size between 48 pt-80 pt) and a lower bound of (e.g., a text display size between 10 pt-18 pt).
  • the device when the text display size of the first portion of text at the third magnification level is outside of the predefined text display size criteria (e.g., above the upper bound or below the lower bound), the device continues to use the default target text display size or the last user-adjusted target text display size that was within the predefined text display size criteria.
  • the device For example, if a user zooms out to display a whole page (e.g., at 4 pt text display size) of a document in a document-editing mode immediately prior to exiting the document-editing mode, the device either reverts to the default target text display size (e.g., 17 pt) or a prior user-adjusted target text display size (e.g., 15 pt).
  • the device when the device re-enters document-editing mode, the device displays the document at a respective magnification level such that the respective portion of text is comfortably readable (e.g., 17 pt or 15 pt rather than 4 pt).
  • the first portion of text is different from the second portion of text ( 728 ).
  • text portion 508 ( FIG. 5H ) is different from text portion 540 ( FIG. 5J ).
  • the user-adjusted target text display size may be used as a target text display size for many different locations within the same document.
  • the device uses the user-adjusted target text display size as a target display size for a plurality of different documents accessible by the device ( 736 ).
  • the user-adjusted target text display size may also be used as a target text display size for many different documents on the device.
  • the respective magnification level is the same as the third magnification level if the second portion of text has a same font size as the first portion of text ( 732 ). In other words, when the cursor moves between text with the same font size, the document is not zoomed to a different magnification level.
  • the respective magnification level is different from the third magnification level if the second portion of text has a different font size from a font size of the first portion of text ( 734 ). In other words, when the cursor moves between text with different font sizes, the document is zoomed to a different magnification level.
  • the device after storing the user-adjusted target text display size and prior to detecting a third input indicating the respective insertion point in the document, the device exits a document-editing mode and displays the document at the first magnification level ( 738 ).
  • the device After the user-adjusted target text display size is stored, gesture 536 is detected on “done” button 522 . In response to the detection of gesture 536 , document 500 is displayed again at the magnification level in FIG. 5F , as shown in FIG. 5I .
  • FIGS. 7A-7B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein.
  • details of other processes described herein with respect to methods 600 , 800 , 900 , 1000 , and 1100 e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E , 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B, respectively
  • FIGS. 6A-6E , 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B, respectively are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 700 described above with respect to FIGS. 7A-7B .
  • the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described above with reference to method 700 may have one or more of the characteristics of the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described herein with reference to methods 600 , 800 , 900 , 1000 , and 1100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 800 of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the method 800 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) with a display, typically, and a touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method 800 provides an intuitive way to automatically adjust the display magnification to maintain a target text display size as the insertion point is moved between areas in a document with different font sizes.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when navigating and editing an electronic document, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to zoom in on content in a document faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display ( 802 ). For example, in FIG. 5K , document 542 is displayed at some magnification level on touch screen 112 .
  • the electronic document has a predefined page layout and the predefined page layout is maintained while displaying the document at different magnification levels ( 804 ).
  • document 542 has a predefined layout that is maintained across different magnification levels.
  • the device detects a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document ( 806 ), where the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document, the first portion of text having a first font size.
  • the first font size is a font size at the insertion point (e.g., when there is an insertion point marker such as a text cursor, the first font size is a font size that would be used for text entered at the text cursor).
  • gesture 548 is detected. The location of gesture 548 indicates insertion point 550 , which is in proximity to text portion 552 .
  • the device selects a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size ( 810 ); and displays a portion of the document at the second magnification level ( 812 ).
  • the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size ( 810 ); and displays a portion of the document at the second magnification level ( 812 ).
  • FIG. 5L in response to the detection of gesture 548 ( FIG. 5K ), document portion 546 is displayed at a magnification level different from the level at which document 542 is displayed in FIG. 5K .
  • the magnification level at which document portion 546 is displayed in FIG. 5L is selected so that text portion 552 is displayed at a target text display size.
  • the target text display size is a predefined target text display size (e.g., either a default target text display size or a previously stored user-adjusted target text display size, as described in greater detail above with reference to method 700 and FIGS. 7A-7B ).
  • the device While displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level, the device detects a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document ( 814 ), where the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, the second portion of text having a second font size different from the first font size.
  • gesture 554 is detected.
  • Gesture 554 indicates insertion point 555 , which is in proximity to text portion 556 in document portion 544 .
  • Text in document portion 544 including text portion 556 , have a different font size from text portion 552 ( FIG. 5L ).
  • the second input may include, in addition to gesture 554 , gestures to scroll from document portion 546 , where text portion 552 is located, to document portion 544 .
  • the first font size is larger than the second font size ( 816 ).
  • the first font size is smaller than the second font size ( 818 ).
  • the device selects a third magnification level different from the second magnification level ( 824 ), where the third magnification level is selected so as to display the second portion of text at the target text display size; and displays a portion of the document at the third magnification level ( 826 ).
  • document portion 544 is displayed at a different magnification level ( FIG. 5N ), such that text portion 556 is displayed at the same text display size as text portion 552 is displayed (the target text display size) in FIG. 5L .
  • the device in response to detecting the second input, maintains display of the document at the second magnification level (e.g., so as to prevent frequent small changes to the magnification level of the document that could appear as unnecessary jitter to a user).
  • a predefined threshold e.g., ⁇ 3 pt difference
  • the second input is a find command or a replace command ( 820 ).
  • the device changes the magnification level at which the document is displayed in accordance with a font size of the next occurrence of the term in the document.
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface, and the first input and the second input are detected on the touch-sensitive surface ( 828 ).
  • the second input is a single tap on the touch-sensitive surface ( 830 ).
  • the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display.
  • the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined as a touchscreen display. For example, gestures 550 and 554 are detected on touch screen 112 .
  • FIGS. 8A-8B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein.
  • details of other processes described herein with respect to methods 600 , 700 , 900 , 1000 , and 1100 e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B 9 A- 9 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B, respectively
  • FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B 9 A- 9 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B, respectively are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 800 described above with respect to FIGS. 8A-8B .
  • the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described above with reference to method 800 may have one or more of the characteristics of the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described herein with reference to methods 600 , 700 , 900 , 1000 , and 1100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 9A-9B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 900 of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the method 900 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) with a display and, typically, a touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method 900 provides an intuitive way to automatically zooming out at the completion of a text selection gesture to see the entire portion of text that has been selected.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when navigating and editing an electronic document, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to zoom in on content in a document faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays a portion of an electronic document on the display ( 902 ). For example, in FIG. 5O , a portion of document 558 is displayed.
  • the electronic document has a predefined page layout and the predefined page layout is maintained while adjusting display of the document ( 904 ).
  • document 558 has a predefined layout.
  • the device detects a content selection input ( 906 ). For example, gesture 566 dragging selection handle 564 -B is detected ( FIG. 5O ).
  • the device In response to detecting the content selection input ( 908 ), the device identifies a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input ( 910 ), and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, the device adjusts display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display ( 912 ). For example, in response to the detection of gesture 566 changing selection range 560 ( FIGS. 5O-5Q ), the portion of document 558 that is selected by selection range 560 is identified. If it is determined that the selected portion (e.g., text 562 , FIG. 5Q ) includes content outside a currently displayed portion of document 558 , document 558 is displayed at a different magnification level so that the entirety of selected text 562 is displayed, as shown in FIG. 5R .
  • the selected portion e.g., text 562 , FIG. 5Q
  • outside means the portion of selected content that extends beyond the currently displayed portion (e.g., at least some of the selected content is not currently displayed).
  • adjusting the display of the document is performed automatically without user intervention in response to detecting the content selection input or detecting an end of the content selection input.
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface
  • the content selection input includes detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface, detecting movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface, and ceasing to detect the contact on the touch-sensitive surface ( 924 ).
  • display 112 of device 100 is a touch screen.
  • Gesture 566 detected on touch screen 112 includes a contact, movement of the contact, and ceasing of the contact ( FIG. 5O-5Q ).
  • the device in response to detecting movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface, scrolls the document in accordance with the movement of the contact ( 926 ).
  • the display is a touchscreen display and the content selection input includes movement of a contact on the touchscreen display
  • the contact moves proximate to an edge of the display
  • the document is scrolled so as to enable the user to select text outside of the portion of the document that was initially displayed when the contact was initially detected on the touchscreen display.
  • adjusting display of the document is performed in response to ceasing to detect the contact on the touch-sensitive surface ( 928 ). For example, the entire selection range 560 is shown ( FIG. 5R ) when the contact of gesture 566 ceases to be detected.
  • the content includes text and/or images ( 914 ).
  • adjusting display of the document includes changing a magnification level for displaying the document ( 916 ). For example, from FIGS. 5Q-5R , the magnification level of document 558 was changed, going from a non-page-fit magnification level to a fit whole page magnification level.
  • adjusting display of the document includes scrolling the document ( 918 ). It should be understood that the document could be scrolled horizontally, vertically, or both horizontally and vertically.
  • the document has a page width
  • the selected portion of the document includes at least a full line of the document that spans the page width
  • adjusting display of the document includes displaying the document at a page width magnification level ( 920 ).
  • the document is displayed at a magnification level where the width of the document on the display is approximately equal to the width of the display.
  • the device prior to detecting the content selection input, displays the document at a first magnification level ( 930 ), and in response to detecting the content selection input, displays the document at a second magnification level different from the first magnification level ( 932 ).
  • the device prior to detecting the content selection input, enters a document-editing mode ( 934 ), and while in the document-editing mode, displays a soft keyboard on the display ( 936 ). For example, in FIG. 5O , document 558 is displayed in document editing mode, and keyboard 521 is displayed.
  • the device prior to detecting the content selection input, the device enters a document-editing mode ( 938 ), and remains in the document-editing mode after adjusting display of the document ( 940 ).
  • the device prior to detecting the content selection input, receives a document-editing input ( 942 ), in response to the document-editing input, displays a soft keyboard on the display ( 944 ), and in response to detecting the content selection input (e.g., after zooming out to a page width magnification level), ceases to display the soft keyboard ( 946 ).
  • a document-editing input 942
  • displays a soft keyboard on the display 944
  • the device in response to detecting the content selection input (e.g., after zooming out to a page width magnification level)
  • FIG. 5O keyboard 521 is displayed prior to detection of gesture 566
  • FIG. 5R keyboard 521 ceases to be displayed in response to gesture 566 .
  • the device in response to detecting the content selection input, displays a selection indicator indicating the selected portion of the document and a menu including options for manipulating the selected portion of the document ( 922 ). For example, selection range 560 and selection options menu 569 ( FIG. 5R ) is displayed in response to gesture 566 .
  • the device prior to detecting the content selection input, displays a preliminary selection indicator with a first plurality of selection adjustment affordances; and after adjusting display of the document, the device displays an updated selection indicator with either one or more of the first plurality of selection adjustment affordances in different locations in the document (e.g., advanced by one or more words) or a second plurality of different selection adjustment affordances.
  • the first plurality of selection adjustment affordances enable the preliminary selection to be expanded and/or contracted by a first unit of content; and (e.g., character by character, word by word, or line by line).
  • the second plurality of selection adjustment affordances enable the selected portion of the document to be expanded and/or contracted by a second unit of content larger than the first unit of content (e.g., paragraph by paragraph, or section by section).
  • FIGS. 9A-9B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein.
  • details of other processes described herein with respect to methods 600 , 700 , 800 , 1000 , and 1100 e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B, 8 A- 8 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B, respectively
  • FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B, 8 A- 8 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B, respectively are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 900 described above with respect to FIGS. 9A-9B .
  • the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described above with reference to method 900 may have one or more of the characteristics of the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described herein with reference to methods 600 , 700 , 800 , 1000 , and 1100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow diagram illustrating a method 1000 of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the method 1000 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) with a display and, typically, a touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method 1000 provides an intuitive way to automatically zoom to display an object at a size that accommodates the object or, when the object contains editable text, automatically zoom to display the editable text within the object at a size that accommodates the text.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when navigating and editing an electronic document, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to zoom in on content in a document faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level on the display ( 1002 ). For example, in FIG. 5T , document 570 is displayed at a certain magnification level.
  • the device detects an input indicating a point within an object in the document ( 1004 ).
  • the point is an insertion point (e.g., a point where the device will insert additional content such as text or other objects) in response to a user request to insert content.
  • the point is proximate to the object but within a hit region for the document that extends beyond the perimeter of the object. For example, in FIG. 5T , the location of gesture 582 indicates a point in object 572 in document 570 , and the location of gesture 580 indicates a point in object 576 .
  • the device selects a second magnification level different from the first magnification level ( 1010 ), where the second magnification level is selected so as to display the respective text at a target text display size, and displays the document at the second magnification level ( 1012 ).
  • a magnification level such that text 574 in object 572 is displayed at a target text display size ( FIG. 5V ).
  • the target text display size may be either a predefined target text display size or a user-adjusted target text display size, as described above in greater detail with reference to method 700 and FIGS. 7A-7B .
  • the second magnification level is selected without reference to (e.g., independently of) a size of the object ( 1014 ).
  • the device selects a third magnification level different from the second magnification level ( 1018 ), where the third magnification level is selected so as to display the object at a target object display size, and displays the document at the third magnification level ( 1020 ). For example, in response to gesture 580 ( FIG. 5T ), object 576 is displayed at a best fit magnification level ( FIG. 5U ).
  • the object display size is a display size where the object is displayed at a predefined size with reference to a displayed area of the document on the display ( 1022 ). In some embodiments, the object display size is a display size where the object is displayed so that it is as large as possible, while still being fully displayed in the display area (e.g., the object is displayed at a “best fit” size). In other embodiments, the object display size is a display size where the object is displayed so that the width of the object is substantially equal to the width of the display area (optionally, with a predefined buffer between a perimeter of the object and the edge of the display). In other embodiments, the object display size is a display size where the object is displayed so that the height of the object is substantially equal to the height of the display area (optionally, with a predefined buffer between a perimeter of the object and the edge of the display).
  • the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described above with reference to method 1000 may have one or more of the characteristics of the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described herein with reference to methods 600 , 700 , 800 , 900 , and 1100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 11A-11B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 1100 of navigating and editing an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the method 1100 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) with a display and, typically, a touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method 1100 provides an intuitive way to automatically switching back and forth from a user-specified magnification level in a document-display mode to a predefined document-editing magnification level in an editing mode.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when navigating and editing an electronic document, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to zoom in on content in a document faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays at least a portion of an electronic document at a user-specified magnification level ( 1102 ).
  • the user-specified magnification level is a magnification level selected by the user from a plurality of possible magnification levels.
  • the device receives requests to adjust (e.g., increase or decrease) the magnification level of the document (e.g., pinch or depinch gestures on a touchscreen display) prior to receiving a request to enter a document-editing mode.
  • FIG. 5X document 584 is displayed at a user-specified magnification level in response to gesture 590 ( FIG. 5W ).
  • the device receives a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode ( 1104 ).
  • a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode ( 1104 ).
  • gesture 592 FIG. 5X
  • FIG. 5X is a request to enter a document editing mode.
  • the device In response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode ( 1106 ), the device enters the document-editing mode ( 1108 ), and displays the document at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level ( 1110 ). For example, in FIG. 5Y , in response to gesture 592 , document 584 is displayed in document editing mode and at a particular magnification level for editing of a cell (e.g., cell 594 ) in worksheet 591 .
  • a cell e.g., cell 594
  • both entering the document-editing mode and displaying the document at the predefined document-editing magnification level are performed in response to receiving the request automatically, without further user input. Enabling a user to both enter the document-editing mode and zoom the document to a magnification level that is comfortable for editing by performing a single gesture reduces the number of steps that are performed by the user to begin editing the document, thereby increasing efficiency and ease of use of the device.
  • the device after displaying the document at the predefined-document editing magnification level, receives requests to adjust (e.g., increase or decrease) the magnification level of the document (e.g., pinch or depinch gestures on a touchscreen display) prior to receiving a request to exit the document-editing mode. In these circumstances the device would zoom from the current user-adjusted document-editing magnification level to the prior user-specified magnification level upon exiting the document-editing mode.
  • the magnification level of the document e.g., pinch or depinch gestures on a touchscreen display
  • the device receives a request to exit the document-editing mode ( 1112 ).
  • a request to exit the document-editing mode For example, in FIG. 5Z , gesture 598 on button 597 is a request to exit document editing mode.
  • the device In response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode ( 1114 ), the device exits the document-editing mode ( 1116 ) and displays the document at the user-specified magnification level ( 1118 ). For example, in FIG. 5 AA, in response to gesture 598 , document 584 is displayed at the same user-specified magnification level as in FIG. 5X .
  • both the exiting the document-editing mode and displaying the document at the user-specified magnification level are performed in response to receiving the request automatically, without further user input. Enabling a user to both exit the document-editing mode and zoom the document to a magnification level at which the document was previously displayed by performing a single gesture reduces the number of steps that are performed by the user to return to a document-display mode from the document-editing mode, thereby increasing efficiency and ease of use of the device.
  • the device determines whether the document-editing magnification level is within a predefined threshold (e.g., 5%, 10%, 20%, 30% or some other reasonable threshold that reduces jitter) of the user-specified magnification level. For example, if the document-editing magnification level is 100%, the user-specified magnification level will be within the predefined threshold if it is a magnification level between 80% and 120%. In accordance with a determination that the document-editing magnification level is not within the predefined threshold, the device enters the document-editing mode and displays the document at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level.
  • a predefined threshold e.g., 5%, 10%, 20%, 30% or some other reasonable threshold that reduces jitter
  • the device enters the document-editing mode while maintaining display of the document at the user-specified magnification level.
  • the device does not zoom to a document-editing magnification level that is different from the user-specified magnification level.
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface, and the request to enter the document-editing mode is detected on the touch-sensitive surface ( 1120 ).
  • the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display.
  • the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined as a touchscreen display. For example, gesture 592 is detected on touch screen 112 .
  • the request to enter the document-editing mode is a double tap gesture detected on the touch-sensitive surface ( 1122 ).
  • gesture 592 FIG. 5X
  • gesture 592 is a double tap gesture.
  • the request to enter the document-editing mode includes an indication of an insertion point in the document and the insertion point is proximate to a respective portion of the document ( 1124 ).
  • the device scrolls the document to place the respective portion of the document in a central region of a document display area. (e.g., a central region of the display or a central region of a portion of the display that doesn't include a soft keyboard) ( 1126 ).
  • the location of gesture 592 ( FIG. 5X ) indicates an insertion point in cell 594 .
  • cell 594 is approximately centered in the part of touch screen 112 where document 584 is displayed.
  • the request to enter the document-editing mode includes an indication of an insertion point in the document and the insertion point is proximate to a respective portion of the document ( 1128 ).
  • Entering the document-editing mode includes providing an input interface for editing the respective portion of the document proximate to the insertion point (e.g., a text cursor and keyboard or a form field for entering a value) ( 1130 ). For example, in FIG. 5Y , while in document editing mode, keypad 595 and edit field 596 are displayed.
  • the device in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode, inserts a text cursor at the insertion point ( 1132 ). In response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode, the device removes the text cursor ( 1134 ). For example, a text cursor may be inserted into cell 594 when entering document-editing mode, and the text cursor is removed from cell 594 when exiting document-editing mode.
  • FIGS. 11A-11B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein.
  • details of other processes described herein with respect to methods 600 , 700 , 800 , 900 , and 1000 e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B, 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, and 10 , respectively
  • FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B, 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, and 10 are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1100 described above with respect to FIGS. 11A-11B .
  • the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described above with reference to method 1100 may have one or more of the characteristics of the electronic document, insertion point and various magnification levels described herein with reference to methods 600 , 700 , 800 , 900 , and 1000 . For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 12 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1200 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above.
  • the functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 12 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • an electronic device 1200 includes a display unit 1202 configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document with a predefined page layout at a first magnification level; and a processing unit 1206 coupled to the display unit 1202 .
  • the processing unit 1206 includes a detecting unit 1208 , a selecting unit 1210 , a display enabling unit 1212 , a storing unit 1214 , a scrolling unit 1216 , an entering unit 1218 , an editing unit 1220 , a replacing unit 1222 , a receiving unit 1224 , an exiting unit 1226 , a redisplay enabling unit 1228 , a performing unit 1229 , an identifying unit 1230 , and an adjusting unit 1232 .
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, wherein the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document (e.g., with the detecting unit 1208 ); and in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, wherein the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size (e.g., with the selecting unit 1210 ); and while maintaining the predefined page layout of the document, enable display of, at the second magnification level, a portion of the document that includes the first portion of text (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1212 ).
  • the predefined page layout is a multi-page layout and the document has content that is associated with a plurality of the pages.
  • the predefined page layout is a table with a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns.
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface unit, and the first input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the first input is a single tap on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface unit
  • the first input includes: detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit; detecting movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and ceasing to detect the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: while detecting movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit, enable display of a magnified portion of the document corresponding to a current location of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit, wherein the first insertion point is selected based on a position of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit when the device ceases to detect the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1212 ).
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: in response to detecting the first input, perform an operation selected from the set consisting of: placing a text cursor at the first insertion point, selecting a cell of a spreadsheet proximate to the first insertion point for editing, and highlight text proximate to the first insertion point (e.g., with the performing unit 1229 ).
  • displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level includes displaying an animation of the document zooming from the first magnification level to the second magnification level.
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: in response to detecting the first input, scroll the document so that the first insertion point is in a central region of a displayed portion of the document (e.g., with the scrolling unit 1216 ).
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: in response to detecting the first input, enter a document-editing mode (e.g., with the entering unit 1218 ).
  • the electronic device enters the document-editing mode in response to detecting an end of the first input.
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: in response to detecting the first input, enable display of a soft keyboard on the display unit 1202 (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1212 ).
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: while in the document-editing mode, edit text of the document in response to user inputs (e.g., with the editing unit 1220 ).
  • the document is one of a plurality of documents
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: prior to entering the document-editing mode, enable display of a navigation affordance for navigating between different documents in a set of documents (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1212 ); and after entering the document-editing mode, replace the navigation affordance with an exit affordance for exiting the document-editing mode (e.g., with replacing unit 1222 ).
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1224 ) a request to exit the document-editing mode; and, in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: exit the document-editing mode (e.g., with the exiting unit 1226 ); and enable display of the document at the first magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1212 ).
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: receive a request to exit the document-editing mode (e.g., with the receiving unit 1224 ); and, in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: exit the document-editing mode (e.g., with the exiting unit 1226 ); and enable display of the document at a third magnification level that corresponds to a predefined document magnification level different from the first magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1212 ).
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: while in the document-editing mode, scroll the document in response to detecting inputs from a user (e.g., with the scrolling unit 1216 ); and after exiting the document-editing mode, enable redisplay of the document as it appeared when the first input was detected (e.g., with the redisplay enabling unit 1228 ).
  • the target text display size at which the first portion of text is displayed in response to detecting the first input is a default target text display size
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: while displaying the portion of the document that includes the first portion of text at the second magnification level, detect a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level (e.g., with the detecting unit 1208 ); in response to detecting the second input: enable display of the portion of the document at the third magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1212 ); and store a user-adjusted target text display size corresponding to a text display size of the first portion of text at the third magnification level, wherein the user-adjusted target text display size is different from the default target text display size (e.g., with the storing unit 1214 ); and after storing the user-adjusted target text display size: detect
  • the first portion of text has a first font size
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to: while displaying the portion of the document that includes the first portion of text at the second magnification level, detect a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document, wherein the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, the second portion of text having a second font size different from the first font size (e.g., with the detecting unit 1208 ); and in response to detecting the second input: select a third magnification level different from the second magnification level, wherein the third magnification level is selected so as to display the second portion of text at the target text display size (e.g., with the selecting unit 1210 ); and enable display of a portion of the document at the third magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1212 ).
  • the processing unit 1206 is configured to, after displaying the portion of the document that includes the first portion of text at the second magnification level: detect a content selection input (e.g., with the detecting unit 1208 ); and in response to detecting the content selection input: identify a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input (e.g., with the identifying unit 1230 ); and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, adjust display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display unit 1202 (e.g., with the adjusting unit 1232 ).
  • a content selection input e.g., with the detecting unit 1208
  • identify a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input e.g., with the identifying unit 1230
  • adjust display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display unit 1202 (e.g., with the adjusting unit 1232 ).
  • FIG. 13 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1300 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above.
  • the functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 13 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • an electronic device 1300 includes a display unit 1302 configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level; and a processing unit 1306 coupled to the display unit 1302 .
  • the processing unit 1306 includes a detecting unit 1308 , a selecting unit 1310 , a display enabling unit 1312 , a storing unit 1314 , a using unit 1316 , and an exiting unit 1318 .
  • the processing unit 1306 is configured to: detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, wherein the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document (e.g., with the detecting unit 1308 ); in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, wherein the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a default target text display size (e.g., with the selecting unit 1310 ); and enable display of a portion of the document at the second magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1312 ); detect a second input corresponding to a request to display a portion of the document at a third magnification level different from the second magnification level (e.g., with the detecting unit 1308 ); in response to detecting the second input: enable display of the portion of the document at the third magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1312 ); and
  • the first portion of text is different from the second portion of text.
  • the processing unit 1306 is configured to use the user-adjusted target text display size as a target display size for a plurality of different documents accessible by the device (e.g., with the using unit 1316 ).
  • the default target text display size is a predefined value in the range 10 pt-24 pt.
  • the respective magnification level is the same as the third magnification level if the second portion of text has a same font size as the first portion of text.
  • the respective magnification level is different from the third magnification level if the second portion of text has a different font size from a font size of the first portion of text.
  • the processing unit 1306 is configured to: after storing the user-adjusted target text display size and prior to detecting a third input indicating the respective insertion point in the document, exit a document-editing mode and displaying the document at the first magnification level (e.g., with the exiting unit 1318 ).
  • the document has a predefined page layout and the predefined page layout is maintained while displaying the document at different magnification levels.
  • FIG. 14 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1400 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above.
  • the functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 14 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • an electronic device 1400 includes a display unit 1402 configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level; and a processing unit 1406 coupled to the display unit 1402 .
  • the processing unit 1406 includes a detecting unit 1408 , a selecting unit 1410 , and a display enabling unit 1412 .
  • the processing unit 1406 is configured to: detect a first input indicating a first insertion point in the document, wherein the first insertion point is proximate to a first portion of text in the document, the first portion of text having a first font size (e.g., with the detecting unit 1408 ); in response to detecting the first input: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, wherein the second magnification level is selected so as to display the first portion of text at a target text display size; (e.g., with the selecting unit 1410 ) and enable display of a portion of the document at the second magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1412 ); while displaying the portion of the document at the second magnification level, detect a second input indicating a second insertion point in the document, wherein the second insertion point is proximate to a second portion of text in the document, the second portion of text having a second font size different from the first font size (e.g.,
  • the first font size is larger than the second font size.
  • the first font size is smaller than the second font size.
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface unit, and the first input and the second input are detected on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the second input is a single tap on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the second input is a find command or a replace command.
  • the electronic document has a predefined page layout and the predefined page layout is maintained while displaying the document at different magnification levels.
  • FIG. 15 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1500 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above.
  • the functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 15 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • an electronic device 1500 includes a display unit 1502 configured to display a portion of an electronic document; and a processing unit 1506 coupled to the display unit 1502 .
  • the processing unit 1506 includes a detecting unit 1508 , an identifying unit 1510 , an adjusting unit 1512 , a scrolling unit 1514 , a display enabling unit 1516 , an entering unit 1518 , a remaining unit 1520 , a receiving unit 1522 , and a ceasing unit 1524 .
  • the processing unit 1506 is configured to: detect a content selection input (e.g., with the detecting unit 1508 ); and in response to detecting the content selection input: identify a selected portion of the document in accordance with the content selection input (e.g., with the identifying unit 1510 ); and in accordance with a determination that the selected portion of the document includes content that is outside of a currently displayed portion of the document, adjust display of the document so that the entire selected portion of the document is displayed on the display unit 1502 (e.g., with the adjusting unit 1512 ).
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface unit
  • the content selection input includes: detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit; detecting movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and ceasing to detect the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the processing unit 1506 is configured to: in response to detecting movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit, scroll the document in accordance with the movement of the contact (e.g., with the scrolling unit 1514 ).
  • adjusting display of the document is performed in response to ceasing to detect the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the content includes text and/or images.
  • the electronic document has a predefined page layout and the predefined page layout is maintained while adjusting display of the document.
  • adjusting display of the document includes changing a magnification level for displaying the document.
  • adjusting display of the document includes scrolling the document.
  • the document has a page width; the selected portion of the document includes at least a full line of the document that spans the page width; and adjusting display of the document includes displaying the document at a page width magnification level.
  • the processing unit 1506 is configured to: prior to detecting the content selection input, enable display of the document at a first magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1516 ); and in response to detecting the content selection input, enable display of the document at a second magnification level different from the first magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1516 ).
  • the processing unit 1506 is configured to: prior to detecting the content selection input, enter a document-editing mode (e.g., with the entering unit 1518 ); and while in the document-editing mode, enable display of a soft keyboard on the display unit 1502 (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1516 ).
  • the processing unit 1506 is configured to: prior to detecting the content selection input, enter a document-editing mode (e.g., with the entering unit 1518 ); and remain in the document-editing mode after adjusting display of the document (e.g., with the remaining unit 1520 ).
  • the processing unit 1506 is configured to: prior to detecting the content selection input, receive a document-editing input (e.g., with the receiving unit 1522 ); in response to the document-editing input, enable display of a soft keyboard on the display unit 1502 (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1516 ); and in response to detecting the content selection input, cease to display the soft keyboard (e.g., with the ceasing unit 1524 ).
  • the processing unit 1506 is configured to: in response to detecting the content selection input, enable display of a selection indicator indicating the selected portion of the document and a menu including options for manipulating the selected portion of the document (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1516 ).
  • FIG. 16 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1600 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above.
  • the functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 16 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • an electronic device 1600 includes a display unit 1602 configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document at a first magnification level; and a processing unit 1606 coupled to the display unit 1602 .
  • the processing unit 1606 includes a detecting unit 1608 , a selecting unit 1610 , and a display enabling unit 1612 .
  • the processing unit 1606 is configured to: detect an input indicating a point within an object in the document (e.g., with the detecting unit 1608 ); and in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the object includes respective editable text: select a second magnification level different from the first magnification level, wherein the second magnification level is selected so as to display the respective text at a target text display size (e.g., with the selecting unit 1610 ); and enable display of the document at the second magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1612 ); and in accordance with a determination that the object does not include editable text: select a third magnification level different from the second magnification level, wherein the third magnification level is selected so as to display the object at a target object display size (e.g., with the selecting unit 1610 ); and enable display of the document at the third magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1612 ).
  • the second magnification level is selected without reference to a size of the object.
  • the object display size is a display size where the object is displayed at a predefined size with reference to a displayed area of the document on the display unit 1602 .
  • FIG. 17 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1700 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above.
  • the functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 17 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • an electronic device 1700 includes a display unit 1702 configured to display at least a portion of an electronic document at a user-specified magnification level; and a processing unit 1706 coupled to the display unit 1702 .
  • the processing unit 1706 includes a receiving unit 1708 , an entering unit 1710 , a display enabling unit 1712 , an exiting unit 1714 , a scrolling unit 1716 , an inserting unit 1718 , and a removing unit 1720 .
  • the processing unit 1706 is configured to: while the document is in a document-display mode, receive a request to enter a document-editing mode distinct from the document-display mode (e.g., with the receiving unit 1708 ); and in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode: enter the document-editing mode (e.g., with the entering unit 1710 ); and enable display of the document at a predefined document-editing magnification level different from the user-specified magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1712 ); while the document is in a document-editing mode, receive a request to exit the document-editing mode; and in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode: exit the document-editing mode (e.g., with the exiting unit 1714 ); and enable display of the document at the user-specified magnification level (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1712 ).
  • the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface unit, and the request to enter the document-editing mode is detected on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the request to enter the document-editing mode is a double tap gesture detected on the touch-sensitive surface unit.
  • the request to enter the document-editing mode includes an indication of an insertion point in the document; the insertion point is proximate to a respective portion of the document; and the processing unit 1706 is configured to, in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode, scroll the document to place the respective portion of the document in a central region of a document display area (e.g., with the scrolling unit 1716 ).
  • the request to enter the document-editing mode includes an indication of an insertion point in the document; the insertion point is proximate to a respective portion of the document; and entering the document-editing mode includes providing an input interface for editing the respective portion of the document proximate to the insertion point.
  • the processing unit 1706 is configured to: in response to receiving the request to enter the document-editing mode, insert a text cursor at the insertion point (e.g., with the inserting unit 1718 ); and in response to receiving the request to exit the document-editing mode, remove the text cursor (e.g., with the removing unit 1720 ).
  • FIGS. 6A-6E The operations described above with reference to FIGS. 6A-6E , 7 A- 7 B, 8 A- 8 B, 9 A- 9 B, 10 , and 11 A- 11 B may be implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B .
  • detection operation 608 , selection operation 612 , and displaying operation 614 in FIGS. 6A-6E may be implemented by event sorter 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 .
  • Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112
  • event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136 - 1 .
  • a respective event recognizer 180 of application 136 - 1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface.
  • event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event.
  • Event handler 190 may utilize or call data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192 .
  • event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application.
  • FIGS. 1A-1B it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Audiology, Speech & Language Pathology (AREA)
  • Computational Linguistics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Document Processing Apparatus (AREA)
US13/243,202 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation Active US9092130B2 (en)

Priority Applications (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/243,202 US9092130B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
AU2012262127A AU2012262127B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2012-05-31 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
PCT/US2012/040291 WO2012166976A2 (en) 2011-05-31 2012-05-31 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
CN201711204770.8A CN107992261B (zh) 2011-05-31 2012-05-31 用于文档操作的设备、方法和图形用户接口
EP12727003.1A EP2715508A2 (en) 2011-05-31 2012-05-31 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
KR1020157010326A KR101834622B1 (ko) 2011-05-31 2012-05-31 문서 조작을 위한 디바이스들, 방법들 및 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스들
JP2014513715A JP5987054B2 (ja) 2011-05-31 2012-05-31 文書操作のためのデバイス、方法及びグラフィカルユーザインタフェース
CN201280026796.7A CN103562841B (zh) 2011-05-31 2012-05-31 用于文档操作的设备、方法和图形用户接口
KR1020137032396A KR101673509B1 (ko) 2011-05-31 2012-05-31 문서 조작을 위한 디바이스들, 방법들 및 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스들
JP2015140027A JP6138866B2 (ja) 2011-05-31 2015-07-13 文書操作のためのデバイス、方法及びグラフィカルユーザインタフェース
AU2016202724A AU2016202724B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-04-28 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161491323P 2011-05-31 2011-05-31
US13/243,202 US9092130B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20120311422A1 US20120311422A1 (en) 2012-12-06
US9092130B2 true US9092130B2 (en) 2015-07-28

Family

ID=47261281

Family Applications (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/243,423 Active 2032-03-19 US8677232B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US13/243,637 Active US8661339B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US13/243,506 Active 2032-03-19 US8719695B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US13/243,202 Active US9092130B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US13/243,582 Active US9244605B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US14/996,841 Active 2032-05-05 US10664144B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-01-15 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US16/875,740 Active 2031-12-29 US11256401B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2020-05-15 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/243,423 Active 2032-03-19 US8677232B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US13/243,637 Active US8661339B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US13/243,506 Active 2032-03-19 US8719695B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/243,582 Active US9244605B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2011-09-23 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US14/996,841 Active 2032-05-05 US10664144B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-01-15 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US16/875,740 Active 2031-12-29 US11256401B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2020-05-15 Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (7) US8677232B2 (ko)
EP (1) EP2715508A2 (ko)
JP (2) JP5987054B2 (ko)
KR (2) KR101673509B1 (ko)
CN (2) CN107992261B (ko)
AU (2) AU2012262127B2 (ko)
WO (1) WO2012166976A2 (ko)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9632695B2 (en) 2006-10-26 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting an insertion point marker
US9846533B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2017-12-19 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US10126846B2 (en) * 2015-04-09 2018-11-13 Blackberry Limited Portable electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of controlling selection of information
US10324599B2 (en) 2016-03-30 2019-06-18 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Assistive move handle for object interaction
US10664144B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2020-05-26 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US11106340B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-08-31 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Information processing apparatus and information processing method

Families Citing this family (143)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5326912B2 (ja) * 2009-07-31 2013-10-30 ブラザー工業株式会社 印刷装置、合成画像データ生成装置、及び、合成画像データ生成プログラム
US20120185805A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2012-07-19 Apple Inc. Presenting Visual Indicators of Hidden Objects
US8826190B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2014-09-02 Google Inc. Moving a graphical selector
US8656315B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2014-02-18 Google Inc. Moving a graphical selector
US9417754B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2016-08-16 P4tents1, LLC User interface system, method, and computer program product
US9171098B2 (en) * 2011-09-30 2015-10-27 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Decomposing markup language elements for animation
US8490008B2 (en) 2011-11-10 2013-07-16 Research In Motion Limited Touchscreen keyboard predictive display and generation of a set of characters
US9430458B2 (en) * 2011-11-03 2016-08-30 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc List-based interactivity features as part of modifying list data and structure
US9310889B2 (en) 2011-11-10 2016-04-12 Blackberry Limited Touchscreen keyboard predictive display and generation of a set of characters
US9715489B2 (en) 2011-11-10 2017-07-25 Blackberry Limited Displaying a prediction candidate after a typing mistake
US9652448B2 (en) 2011-11-10 2017-05-16 Blackberry Limited Methods and systems for removing or replacing on-keyboard prediction candidates
US9122672B2 (en) 2011-11-10 2015-09-01 Blackberry Limited In-letter word prediction for virtual keyboard
US10019139B2 (en) * 2011-11-15 2018-07-10 Google Llc System and method for content size adjustment
US9557913B2 (en) 2012-01-19 2017-01-31 Blackberry Limited Virtual keyboard display having a ticker proximate to the virtual keyboard
US9152323B2 (en) 2012-01-19 2015-10-06 Blackberry Limited Virtual keyboard providing an indication of received input
US9652132B2 (en) * 2012-01-27 2017-05-16 Google Inc. Handling touch inputs based on user intention inference
US9778829B2 (en) * 2012-02-17 2017-10-03 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Magnification based on eye input
WO2013123572A1 (en) 2012-02-24 2013-08-29 Research In Motion Limited Touchscreen keyboard providing word predictions in partitions of the touchscreen keyboard in proximate association with candidate letters
CA2865272C (en) 2012-02-24 2019-11-05 Blackberry Limited Virtual keyboard with dynamically reconfigurable layout
CN103294657B (zh) * 2012-03-02 2017-10-27 富泰华工业（深圳）有限公司 文本编辑方法及系统
US9201510B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2015-12-01 Blackberry Limited Method and device having touchscreen keyboard with visual cues
KR101929297B1 (ko) * 2012-04-27 2019-03-12 삼성전자주식회사 터치 반응성 개선 방법 및 그 전자 장치
US9292192B2 (en) * 2012-04-30 2016-03-22 Blackberry Limited Method and apparatus for text selection
US9354805B2 (en) 2012-04-30 2016-05-31 Blackberry Limited Method and apparatus for text selection
EP2847661A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2015-03-18 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving and dropping a user interface object
WO2013169849A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Industries Llc Yknots Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
KR101683868B1 (ko) 2012-05-09 2016-12-07 애플 인크. 제스처에 응답하여 디스플레이 상태들 사이를 전이하기 위한 디바이스, 방법, 및 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스
WO2013169875A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying content associated with a corresponding affordance
WO2013169843A1 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating framed graphical objects
WO2013169851A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for facilitating user interaction with controls in a user interface
WO2013169865A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a user interface object based on an intensity of a press input
WO2013169842A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting object within a group of objects
JP6082458B2 (ja) 2012-05-09 2017-02-15 アップル インコーポレイテッド ユーザインタフェース内で実行される動作の触知フィードバックを提供するデバイス、方法、及びグラフィカルユーザインタフェース
WO2013169854A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing feedback for changing activation states of a user interface object
EP3410287B1 (en) 2012-05-09 2022-08-17 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting user interface objects
CN105260049B (zh) 2012-05-09 2018-10-23 苹果公司 用于响应于用户接触来显示附加信息的设备、方法和图形用户界面
WO2013169845A1 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for scrolling nested regions
US9207860B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2015-12-08 Blackberry Limited Method and apparatus for detecting a gesture
USD728613S1 (en) 2012-06-20 2015-05-05 Microsoft Corporation Display screen with graphical user interface
USD729259S1 (en) * 2012-06-20 2015-05-12 Microsoft Corporation Display screen with graphical user interface
US9116552B2 (en) 2012-06-27 2015-08-25 Blackberry Limited Touchscreen keyboard providing selection of word predictions in partitions of the touchscreen keyboard
US20140006937A1 (en) * 2012-06-29 2014-01-02 Nokia Corporation Character function user interface
CN102902454B (zh) * 2012-08-10 2016-02-03 广州市动景计算机科技有限公司 网页边缘内容选择方法及装置和移动终端
US9063653B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2015-06-23 Blackberry Limited Ranking predictions based on typing speed and typing confidence
US9524290B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2016-12-20 Blackberry Limited Scoring predictions based on prediction length and typing speed
US8656296B1 (en) 2012-09-27 2014-02-18 Google Inc. Selection of characters in a string of characters
US9804777B1 (en) 2012-10-23 2017-10-31 Google Inc. Gesture-based text selection
DE102012021627A1 (de) * 2012-11-06 2014-05-08 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft Verfahren zum Anzeigen von Informationen in einem Fahrzeug und Vorrichtung zum Steuern der Anzeige
CN103885571B (zh) * 2012-12-19 2017-09-29 联想(北京)有限公司 一种信息处理方法及电子设备
US10216402B2 (en) * 2012-12-21 2019-02-26 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for related user inputs
JP6097843B2 (ja) 2012-12-29 2017-03-15 アップル インコーポレイテッド コンテンツをスクロールするか選択するかを判定するためのデバイス、方法、及びグラフィカルユーザインタフェース
JP6093877B2 (ja) 2012-12-29 2017-03-08 アップル インコーポレイテッド 複数接触ジェスチャのために触知出力の生成を見合わせるためのデバイス、方法、及びグラフィカルユーザインタフェース
CN105144057B (zh) 2012-12-29 2019-05-17 苹果公司 用于根据具有模拟三维特征的控制图标的外观变化来移动光标的设备、方法和图形用户界面
WO2014105279A1 (en) 2012-12-29 2014-07-03 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for switching between user interfaces
EP2939098B1 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-10-10 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between touch input to display output relationships
KR101905174B1 (ko) 2012-12-29 2018-10-08 애플 인크. 사용자 인터페이스 계층을 내비게이션하기 위한 디바이스, 방법 및 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스
CA2838165A1 (en) * 2012-12-31 2014-06-30 Smart Technologies Ulc Method for manipulating tables on an interactive input system and interactive input system executing the method
KR102155836B1 (ko) * 2013-02-22 2020-09-14 삼성전자주식회사 터치 스크린 상에서 객체 디스플레이를 제어하는 휴대 단말 및 방법
US8782550B1 (en) * 2013-02-28 2014-07-15 Google Inc. Character string replacement
CN103136181B (zh) * 2013-03-06 2017-04-12 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 电子阅读设备及其文本提取与保存的方法
US9164609B2 (en) * 2013-03-13 2015-10-20 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Managing sensory information of a user device
US9767076B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2017-09-19 Google Inc. Document scale and position optimization
US9588675B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-03-07 Google Inc. Document scale and position optimization
US9785240B2 (en) * 2013-03-18 2017-10-10 Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for content-aware selection
US9798454B2 (en) 2013-03-22 2017-10-24 Oce-Technologies B.V. Method for performing a user action upon a digital item
JP2014211701A (ja) * 2013-04-17 2014-11-13 ソニー株式会社 情報処理装置、情報処理方法、及びプログラム
JP6136568B2 (ja) * 2013-05-23 2017-05-31 富士通株式会社 情報処理装置および入力制御プログラム
US20140359433A1 (en) * 2013-06-04 2014-12-04 Microsoft Corporation Text selection paragraph snapping
US9442642B2 (en) * 2013-06-14 2016-09-13 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Tethered selection handle
US10108308B2 (en) * 2013-11-25 2018-10-23 Rakuten Kobo Inc. Sensing user input to change attributes of rendered content
CN103699292B (zh) * 2013-11-29 2017-02-15 小米科技有限责任公司 一种进入文本选择模式的方法和装置
US10331777B2 (en) * 2013-12-31 2019-06-25 Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, Llc Merging annotations of paginated digital content
JP6330348B2 (ja) * 2014-01-30 2018-05-30 ティアック株式会社 情報処理装置
CN103777866B (zh) * 2014-02-24 2019-11-08 苏州浩辰软件股份有限公司 用于放大镜的数据编辑方法及装置
KR20150105140A (ko) * 2014-03-07 2015-09-16 삼성전자주식회사 휴대 단말기 및 컨텐츠 확대 표시 방법
CN105917297A (zh) * 2014-03-25 2016-08-31 富士通株式会社 终端装置、显示控制方法以及程序
CN105095164B (zh) * 2014-04-28 2018-03-09 富泰华工业（深圳）有限公司 具有内容插入功能的电子装置及其内容插入方法
USD791814S1 (en) * 2014-06-06 2017-07-11 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
US10360657B2 (en) 2014-06-16 2019-07-23 International Business Machines Corporations Scaling content of touch-based systems
US10133447B2 (en) 2014-06-27 2018-11-20 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Merged experience of reading and editing with seamless transition
US9534919B2 (en) * 2014-07-08 2017-01-03 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for presenting a travel metric
US9874992B2 (en) * 2014-08-18 2018-01-23 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Preview pane for touch input devices
KR101700714B1 (ko) * 2014-09-17 2017-01-31 현대자동차주식회사 사용자 인터페이스 장치, 그를 가지는 차량 및 그의 제어 방법
JP5905550B1 (ja) * 2014-09-19 2016-04-20 ヤフー株式会社 情報処理装置、情報表示プログラムおよび情報表示方法
EP3040839B1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2020-08-12 Dassault Systèmes Selection of a graphical element
US20160196347A1 (en) * 2015-01-05 2016-07-07 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Efficient Dataset Search
CN105867596A (zh) * 2015-01-22 2016-08-17 联想(北京)有限公司 一种显示方法及电子设备
US9990107B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-06-05 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus
US10048757B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for controlling media presentation
US9632664B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US9645732B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2017-05-09 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus
US10095396B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-10-09 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with a control object while dragging another object
US9785305B2 (en) * 2015-03-19 2017-10-10 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US9639184B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2017-05-02 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US20170045981A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2017-02-16 Apple Inc. Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities
US10152208B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2018-12-11 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US9891811B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2018-02-13 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US9674426B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2017-06-06 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US10346030B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-07-09 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US10200598B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-02-05 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US9830048B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2017-11-28 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs with instructions in a web page
US9860451B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2018-01-02 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
JP5906344B1 (ja) * 2015-07-06 2016-04-20 ヤフー株式会社 情報処理装置、情報表示プログラムおよび情報表示方法
US10248308B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-04-02 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interfaces with physical gestures
US10235035B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-03-19 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for content navigation and manipulation
US10416800B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for adjusting user interface objects
US9880735B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2018-01-30 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
WO2017041254A1 (zh) 2015-09-09 2017-03-16 华为技术有限公司 一种数据编辑方法及装置
JP6418119B2 (ja) * 2015-10-05 2018-11-07 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 表示装置、及びそれを備えた画像形成装置
US20170131873A1 (en) * 2015-11-09 2017-05-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc. Natural user interface for selecting a target element
US11100687B2 (en) * 2016-02-02 2021-08-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Emphasizing on image portions in presentations
KR101680777B1 (ko) * 2016-03-07 2016-11-29 김영길 오타 문자 수정 방법
JP6194383B2 (ja) * 2016-03-18 2017-09-06 ヤフー株式会社 情報処理装置、情報表示プログラムおよび情報表示方法
CN105930033A (zh) * 2016-04-25 2016-09-07 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 一种联系人信息的显示方法和终端
JP6620669B2 (ja) * 2016-05-12 2019-12-18 富士ゼロックス株式会社 情報処理装置及び情報処理プログラム
CN106021210A (zh) * 2016-05-16 2016-10-12 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 一种图片文字的处理方法和装置
CN106095112B (zh) * 2016-06-24 2020-06-23 联想(北京)有限公司 一种信息处理方法及装置
CN106227403A (zh) * 2016-07-14 2016-12-14 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 字体大小的调整方法及装置
CN114675774A (zh) * 2016-09-23 2022-06-28 苹果公司 用于对文本进行注释的设备、方法和图形用户界面
CN106547844B (zh) * 2016-10-17 2019-11-15 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 一种用户界面的处理方法和装置
CN106681639A (zh) * 2016-12-19 2017-05-17 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 一种调整操作控件大小的方法及终端
WO2018159579A1 (ja) * 2017-02-28 2018-09-07 株式会社ｔｅａｍＳ 表示操作端末およびそれを用いる表示操作分離システム
TW201907285A (zh) * 2017-04-28 2019-02-16 日商松下知識產權經營股份有限公司 顯示裝置
CN107273026B (zh) * 2017-06-07 2018-07-06 掌阅科技股份有限公司 跨页选择文字的方法、电子设备和计算机存储介质
US10481791B2 (en) * 2017-06-07 2019-11-19 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Magnified input panels
US10838597B2 (en) * 2017-08-16 2020-11-17 International Business Machines Corporation Processing objects on touch screen devices
EP3454207B1 (en) * 2017-09-07 2022-07-06 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Dynamic preview generation in a product lifecycle management environment
CN108052270A (zh) * 2017-12-07 2018-05-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种光标的移动方法及移动终端
CN109992759B (zh) * 2017-12-29 2023-12-01 珠海金山办公软件有限公司 表格对象编辑方法、装置、电子设备及存储介质
CN109992751B (zh) * 2017-12-29 2023-12-01 珠海金山办公软件有限公司 表格对象的放大显示方法、装置、电子设备及存储介质
JP7101504B2 (ja) * 2018-03-23 2022-07-15 日本光電工業株式会社 携帯情報端末、生体情報管理方法、生体情報管理プログラム、およびコンピュータが読み取り可能な記憶媒体
CN108681531B (zh) * 2018-05-09 2020-11-13 天津字节跳动科技有限公司 文档输入的控制方法及装置
JP2018190469A (ja) * 2018-08-22 2018-11-29 キヤノン株式会社 画像形成装置、コンピュータプログラムおよび記録媒体
US10942633B2 (en) * 2018-12-20 2021-03-09 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Interactive viewing and editing system
CN111367401A (zh) * 2018-12-26 2020-07-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 人机接口板及其控制方法、监控单元以及存储介质
JP2020119430A (ja) * 2019-01-28 2020-08-06 シャープ株式会社 電気機器、電気機器における状態管理プログラムおよび状態管理方法
US20220279233A1 (en) * 2019-07-02 2022-09-01 Lg Electronics Inc. Display device
JP7408972B2 (ja) * 2019-09-18 2024-01-09 富士フイルムビジネスイノベーション株式会社 情報処理装置及び情報処理プログラム
USD946589S1 (en) * 2019-11-21 2022-03-22 Monday.com Ltd. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
WO2021158706A1 (en) * 2020-02-03 2021-08-12 Apple Inc. Cursor integration with a touch screen user interface
CN111338540B (zh) * 2020-02-11 2022-02-18 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 图片文本处理方法、装置、电子设备和存储介质
USD947228S1 (en) * 2020-06-05 2022-03-29 Shelterzoom Corp. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
US11735879B2 (en) * 2021-03-09 2023-08-22 Atl Technology, Llc Adaptor for converting a ball grid array interface into a pin interface

Citations (299)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4332464A (en) 1980-09-22 1982-06-01 Xerox Corporation Interactive user-machine interface method and apparatus for copier/duplicator
US4680429A (en) 1986-01-15 1987-07-14 Tektronix, Inc. Touch panel
US4698625A (en) 1985-05-30 1987-10-06 International Business Machines Corp. Graphic highlight adjacent a pointing cursor
US4755811A (en) 1987-03-24 1988-07-05 Tektronix, Inc. Touch controlled zoom of waveform displays
US4790028A (en) 1986-09-12 1988-12-06 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Method and apparatus for generating variably scaled displays
US5016002A (en) 1988-04-15 1991-05-14 Nokia-Mobira Oy Matrix display
JPH03113578A (ja) 1989-09-27 1991-05-14 Fujitsu Ltd 図形出力処理方式
US5027110A (en) 1988-12-05 1991-06-25 At&T Bell Laboratories Arrangement for simultaneously displaying on one or more display terminals a series of images
US5053758A (en) 1988-02-01 1991-10-01 Sperry Marine Inc. Touchscreen control panel with sliding touch control
US5079723A (en) 1988-03-04 1992-01-07 Xerox Corporation Touch dialogue user interface for reproduction machines
EP0476972A2 (en) 1990-09-17 1992-03-25 Xerox Corporation Touch screen user interface with expanding touch locations for a reprographic machine
US5201034A (en) 1988-09-30 1993-04-06 Hitachi Ltd. Interactive intelligent interface
US5260697A (en) 1990-11-13 1993-11-09 Wang Laboratories, Inc. Computer with separate display plane and user interface processor
US5266949A (en) 1990-03-29 1993-11-30 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. Lighted electronic keyboard
US5266931A (en) 1991-05-09 1993-11-30 Sony Corporation Apparatus and method for inputting data
EP0575146A2 (en) 1992-06-16 1993-12-22 Honeywell Inc. A method for utilizing a low resolution touch screen system in a high resolution graphics environment
US5319386A (en) 1992-08-04 1994-06-07 Gunn Gary J Ideographic character selection method and apparatus
US5326270A (en) 1991-08-29 1994-07-05 Introspect Technologies, Inc. System and method for assessing an individual's task-processing style
US5335276A (en) 1992-12-16 1994-08-02 Texas Instruments Incorporated Communication system and methods for enhanced information transfer
EP0609030A1 (en) 1993-01-26 1994-08-03 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for browsing information in a computer database
US5341293A (en) 1991-05-15 1994-08-23 Apple Computer, Inc. User interface system having programmable user interface elements
US5341466A (en) 1991-05-09 1994-08-23 New York University Fractal computer user centerface with zooming capability
US5347295A (en) 1990-10-31 1994-09-13 Go Corporation Control of a computer through a position-sensed stylus
US5367453A (en) 1993-08-02 1994-11-22 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for correcting words
WO1994029788A1 (en) 1993-06-15 1994-12-22 Honeywell Inc. A method for utilizing a low resolution touch screen system in a high resolution graphics environment
US5408060A (en) 1991-01-29 1995-04-18 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. Illuminated pushbutton keyboard
EP0651543A2 (en) 1993-11-01 1995-05-03 International Business Machines Corporation Personal communicator having improved zoom and pan functions
US5422656A (en) 1993-11-01 1995-06-06 International Business Machines Corp. Personal communicator having improved contrast control for a liquid crystal, touch sensitive display
EP0667567A2 (en) 1993-12-30 1995-08-16 Xerox Corporation Apparatus and method for supporting the implicit structure of freeform lists, outlines, text, tables, and diagrams in a gesture-based input system and editing system
US5459488A (en) 1990-07-21 1995-10-17 Robert Bosch Gmbh Graphical user interface with fisheye adaptation principle
US5463725A (en) 1992-12-31 1995-10-31 International Business Machines Corp. Data processing system graphical user interface which emulates printed material
US5465401A (en) 1992-12-15 1995-11-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Communication system and methods for enhanced information transfer
US5483261A (en) 1992-02-14 1996-01-09 Itu Research, Inc. Graphical input controller and method with rear screen image detection
US5488204A (en) 1992-06-08 1996-01-30 Synaptics, Incorporated Paintbrush stylus for capacitive touch sensor pad
US5511148A (en) 1993-04-30 1996-04-23 Xerox Corporation Interactive copying system
US5523775A (en) 1992-05-26 1996-06-04 Apple Computer, Inc. Method for selecting objects on a computer display
US5543588A (en) 1992-06-08 1996-08-06 Synaptics, Incorporated Touch pad driven handheld computing device
US5543897A (en) 1995-03-07 1996-08-06 Eastman Kodak Company Reproduction apparatus having touch screen operator interface and auxiliary keyboard
CN1129889A (zh) 1994-07-25 1996-08-28 国际商业机器公司 在个人通讯设备的显示屏幕上标记文本的装置和方法
US5553225A (en) 1994-10-25 1996-09-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for combining a zoom function in scroll bar sliders
US5565888A (en) 1995-02-17 1996-10-15 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for improving visibility and selectability of icons
US5568536A (en) 1994-07-25 1996-10-22 International Business Machines Corporation Selective reconfiguration method and apparatus in a multiple application personal communications device
US5579037A (en) 1993-06-29 1996-11-26 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for selecting objects on a tablet display using a pen-like interface
US5589586A (en) 1990-11-26 1996-12-31 Pharmacia Lkb Biotechnology Ab Nucleosides attached to a solid support through a 3'-silyl linkage and their use in oligonucleotide synthesis
US5625710A (en) 1988-07-20 1997-04-29 Fujitsu Limited Character recognition apparatus using modification of a characteristic quantity
US5640580A (en) 1992-12-07 1997-06-17 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for previewing computer output
EP0795811A1 (en) 1996-03-12 1997-09-17 Ncr International Inc. Display system and method of moving a cursor of the display screen
US5673338A (en) 1993-06-10 1997-09-30 Verification Technologies, Inc. System for verification of unique items
US5689287A (en) 1993-10-27 1997-11-18 Xerox Corporation Context-preserving display system using a perspective sheet
US5710831A (en) 1993-07-30 1998-01-20 Apple Computer, Inc. Method for correcting handwriting on a pen-based computer
US5721939A (en) 1995-08-03 1998-02-24 Xerox Corporation Method and apparatus for tokenizing text
WO1998009270A1 (en) 1996-08-28 1998-03-05 Via, Inc. Touch screen systems and methods
US5754873A (en) 1995-06-01 1998-05-19 Adobe Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for scaling a selected block of text to a preferred absolute text height and scaling the remainder of the text proportionately
US5757358A (en) 1992-03-31 1998-05-26 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Method and apparatus for enhancing computer-user selection of computer-displayed objects through dynamic selection area and constant visual feedback
US5760773A (en) 1995-01-06 1998-06-02 Microsoft Corporation Methods and apparatus for interacting with data objects using action handles
US5778404A (en) 1995-08-07 1998-07-07 Apple Computer, Inc. String inserter for pen-based computer systems and method for providing same
US5825352A (en) 1996-01-04 1998-10-20 Logitech, Inc. Multiple fingers contact sensing method for emulating mouse buttons and mouse operations on a touch sensor pad
US5835079A (en) 1996-06-13 1998-11-10 International Business Machines Corporation Virtual pointing device for touchscreens
JPH10340075A (ja) 1997-06-06 1998-12-22 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd 画像表示方法
US5874965A (en) 1995-10-11 1999-02-23 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Method for magnifying a plurality of display images to reveal more detailed information
US5877751A (en) 1994-09-22 1999-03-02 Aisin Aw Co., Ltd. Touch display type information input system
US5880411A (en) 1992-06-08 1999-03-09 Synaptics, Incorporated Object position detector with edge motion feature and gesture recognition
WO1999021084A1 (en) 1997-10-21 1999-04-29 Ericsson, Inc. System to associate control with applications using drag and drop interface
US5910800A (en) 1997-06-11 1999-06-08 Microsoft Corporation Usage tips for on-screen touch-sensitive controls
US5910801A (en) 1995-07-14 1999-06-08 International Business Machines Corporation Mechanism for fine-grained and coarse-grained control of zooming in a display of a one-dimensional data set
US5926769A (en) 1997-02-18 1999-07-20 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Cellular telephone having simplified user interface for storing and retrieving telephone numbers
US5943043A (en) 1995-11-09 1999-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Touch panel "double-touch" input method and detection apparatus
US5956021A (en) 1995-09-20 1999-09-21 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method and device for inputting information for a portable information processing device that uses a touch screen
US5967996A (en) 1993-06-30 1999-10-19 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Apparatus and method for aiding transmission
WO1999054807A1 (en) 1998-04-17 1999-10-28 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Graphical user interface touch screen with an auto zoom feature
US5977950A (en) 1993-11-29 1999-11-02 Motorola, Inc. Manually controllable cursor in a virtual image
US5982352A (en) 1992-09-18 1999-11-09 Pryor; Timothy R. Method for providing human input to a computer
US6020881A (en) 1993-05-24 2000-02-01 Sun Microsystems Graphical user interface with method and apparatus for interfacing to remote devices
US6037939A (en) 1995-09-27 2000-03-14 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Method for enabling interactive manipulation of data retained in computer system, and a computer system for implementing the method
US6049326A (en) 1997-05-12 2000-04-11 Siemens Information And Communication Networks, Inc. System and method for dual browser modes
US6054990A (en) 1996-07-05 2000-04-25 Tran; Bao Q. Computer system with handwriting annotation
US6073036A (en) 1997-04-28 2000-06-06 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Mobile station with touch input having automatic symbol magnification function
US6157935A (en) 1996-12-17 2000-12-05 Tran; Bao Q. Remote data access and management system
WO2000075766A1 (en) 1999-06-02 2000-12-14 Ncr International, Inc. Self-service terminal
GB2351639A (en) 1999-01-15 2001-01-03 Ibm Touch screen region assist for hypertext links
US6173194B1 (en) 1996-04-15 2001-01-09 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Mobile terminal having improved user interface
US6188391B1 (en) 1998-07-09 2001-02-13 Synaptics, Inc. Two-layer capacitive touchpad and method of making same
CN1293807A (zh) 1999-01-29 2001-05-02 松下电器产业株式会社 图象显示装置
WO2001046790A2 (en) 1999-12-20 2001-06-28 Apple Computer, Inc. User interface for providing consolidation and access
US6262735B1 (en) 1997-11-05 2001-07-17 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. Utilizing the contents of a message
US6295390B1 (en) 1994-08-23 2001-09-25 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image input/output apparatus with light illumination device for two-dimensional illumination
US6310610B1 (en) 1997-12-04 2001-10-30 Nortel Networks Limited Intelligent touch display
US20010040587A1 (en) 1993-11-15 2001-11-15 E. J. Scheck Touch control of cursonr position
US6323846B1 (en) 1998-01-26 2001-11-27 University Of Delaware Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US20020003469A1 (en) 2000-05-23 2002-01-10 Hewlett -Packard Company Internet browser facility and method for the visually impaired
US20020011993A1 (en) 1999-01-07 2002-01-31 Charlton E. Lui System and method for automatically switching between writing and text input modes
US20020030665A1 (en) 2000-09-11 2002-03-14 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Coordinate input device and portable information apparatus equipped with coordinate input device
US20020039108A1 (en) 1996-10-30 2002-04-04 Autodesk, Inc. Vector-based geographic data
US20020059350A1 (en) 2000-11-10 2002-05-16 Marieke Iwema Insertion point bungee space tool
US20020067346A1 (en) 2000-09-22 2002-06-06 Eric Mouton Graphical user interface for devices having small tactile displays
US6411283B1 (en) 1999-05-20 2002-06-25 Micron Technology, Inc. Computer touch screen adapted to facilitate selection of features at edge of screen
US20020080123A1 (en) 2000-12-26 2002-06-27 International Business Machines Corporation Method for touchscreen data input
US20020080151A1 (en) 1991-12-20 2002-06-27 Venolia Daniel Scott Zooming controller
US20020097270A1 (en) 2000-11-10 2002-07-25 Keely Leroy B. Selection handles in editing electronic documents
US20020112180A1 (en) 2000-12-19 2002-08-15 Land Michael Z. System and method for multimedia authoring and playback
US20020180763A1 (en) 2001-06-05 2002-12-05 Shao-Tsu Kung Touch screen using pressure to control the zoom ratio
US20030014382A1 (en) 1997-11-13 2003-01-16 Tsuyoshi Iwamoto Apparatus and method for carrying out data linkage among a plurality of applications
US20030043113A1 (en) 2001-09-04 2003-03-06 Alps Electric Co., Ltd. Coordinates input apparatus having divided coordinates input surface
WO2003023593A1 (en) 2001-09-10 2003-03-20 Myorigo Oy Navigation method, program product and device for presenting information in a user interface
US20030063073A1 (en) 2001-10-03 2003-04-03 Geaghan Bernard O. Touch panel system and method for distinguishing multiple touch inputs
US6563913B1 (en) 2000-08-21 2003-05-13 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Selective sending of portions of electronic content
US6570557B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2003-05-27 Finger Works, Inc. Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords
US20030137522A1 (en) 2001-05-02 2003-07-24 Kaasila Sampo J. Innovations for the display of web pages
US6664991B1 (en) 2000-01-06 2003-12-16 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for providing context menus on a pen-based device
US6664989B1 (en) 1999-10-18 2003-12-16 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and apparatus for graphical display interaction
US6677932B1 (en) 2001-01-28 2004-01-13 Finger Works, Inc. System and method for recognizing touch typing under limited tactile feedback conditions
US20040021676A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-02-05 Tatung Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus of view window scrolling
US6690387B2 (en) 2001-12-28 2004-02-10 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Touch-screen image scrolling system and method
US20040039934A1 (en) 2000-12-19 2004-02-26 Land Michael Z. System and method for multimedia authoring and playback
WO2004051392A2 (en) 2002-11-29 2004-06-17 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. User interface with displaced representation of touch area
US20040130575A1 (en) 2003-01-03 2004-07-08 Tatung Co., Ltd. Method of displaying a software keyboard
US20040135818A1 (en) 2003-01-14 2004-07-15 Thomson Michael J. Animating images to reflect user selection
US20040155888A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-08-12 Padgitt David Gary Method for displaying the contents of a collection of media objects
US20040160419A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-08-19 Terradigital Systems Llc. Method for entering alphanumeric characters into a graphical user interface
WO2004070604A2 (en) 2003-02-05 2004-08-19 Philips Intellectual Property & Standards Gmbh Method of selecting objects of a user interface on a display screen
US20040174399A1 (en) 2003-03-04 2004-09-09 Institute For Information Industry Computer with a touch screen
US20040183817A1 (en) 2002-12-03 2004-09-23 Bitstream Inc. Methods, systems, and programming for scaled display of web pages
US20040196267A1 (en) 2003-04-02 2004-10-07 Fujitsu Limited Information processing apparatus operating in touch panel mode and pointing device mode
US20040203674A1 (en) 2002-03-19 2004-10-14 Guangming Shi Multi-call display management for wireless communication devices
US6822635B2 (en) 2000-01-19 2004-11-23 Immersion Corporation Haptic interface for laptop computers and other portable devices
US20040237053A1 (en) 1999-06-10 2004-11-25 Microsoft Corporation System and method for implementing an image ancillary to a cursor
US20050005241A1 (en) 2003-05-08 2005-01-06 Hunleth Frank A. Methods and systems for generating a zoomable graphical user interface
US20050012723A1 (en) 2003-07-14 2005-01-20 Move Mobile Systems, Inc. System and method for a portable multimedia client
US6850220B2 (en) 2001-09-17 2005-02-01 International Business Machines Corporation Input method, input system, and program for touch panel
US20050024341A1 (en) * 2001-05-16 2005-02-03 Synaptics, Inc. Touch screen with user interface enhancement
US20050052547A1 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-03-10 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc. Image-sensing apparatus
US20050068342A1 (en) 2003-09-26 2005-03-31 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image display apparatus, method and program
US20050076300A1 (en) 2003-10-02 2005-04-07 International Business Machines Corporation Block marker system
US20050093826A1 (en) 2003-10-29 2005-05-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for inputting character using touch screen in portable terminal
US20050111736A1 (en) 2002-02-08 2005-05-26 Microsoft Corporation Ink gestures
US20050135053A1 (en) 2003-04-16 2005-06-23 Carroll David W. Mobile, hand-held personal computer
US20050140660A1 (en) 2002-01-18 2005-06-30 Jyrki Valikangas Method and apparatus for integrating a wide keyboard in a small device
US20050145807A1 (en) 1999-12-01 2005-07-07 Paul Lapstun Device for interacting with an interface surface
US20050192924A1 (en) 2004-02-17 2005-09-01 Microsoft Corporation Rapid visual sorting of digital files and data
US20050190059A1 (en) 2004-03-01 2005-09-01 Apple Computer, Inc. Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices
US20050190147A1 (en) 2004-02-27 2005-09-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Pointing device for a terminal having a touch screen and method for using the same
US20050198588A1 (en) 2004-02-12 2005-09-08 Jao-Ching Lin Method of scrolling window screen by means of controlling electronic device
US20050243373A1 (en) 2000-10-20 2005-11-03 Sliverbrook Research Pty Ltd Graphic design software using an interface surface
US6971068B2 (en) 2001-07-26 2005-11-29 International Business Machines Corporation Dialog box positioning
US20060001654A1 (en) 2004-06-30 2006-01-05 National Semiconductor Corporation Apparatus and method for performing data entry with light based touch screen displays
US20060005151A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-01-05 Adobe Systems Graphical interface for adjustment of text selections
WO2006003591A2 (en) 2004-06-29 2006-01-12 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Discontinuous zoom
US20060017692A1 (en) 2000-10-02 2006-01-26 Wehrenberg Paul J Methods and apparatuses for operating a portable device based on an accelerometer
US20060026536A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-02 Apple Computer, Inc. Gestures for touch sensitive input devices
US20060022955A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-02 Apple Computer, Inc. Visual expander
US20060022956A1 (en) 2003-09-02 2006-02-02 Apple Computer, Inc. Touch-sensitive electronic apparatus for media applications, and methods therefor
US20060033724A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-16 Apple Computer, Inc. Virtual input device placement on a touch screen user interface
US20060033721A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2006-02-16 Richard Woolley Method for scrolling and edge motion on a touchpad
US20060041589A1 (en) 2004-08-23 2006-02-23 Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. System and method for clipping, repurposing, and augmenting document content
US20060038796A1 (en) * 2001-08-29 2006-02-23 Microsoft Corporation Enhanced scrolling
WO2006020304A2 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-23 Apple Computer, Inc. Mode-based graphical user interfaces for touch sensitive input devices
WO2006020305A2 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-23 Apple Computer, Inc. Gestures for touch sensitive input devices
US20060053387A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-03-09 Apple Computer, Inc. Operation of a computer with touch screen interface
US7015894B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2006-03-21 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Information input and output system, method, storage medium, and carrier wave
US20060066588A1 (en) 2004-09-24 2006-03-30 Apple Computer, Inc. System and method for processing raw data of track pad device
US7030861B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2006-04-18 Wayne Carl Westerman System and method for packing multi-touch gestures onto a hand
US20060085757A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-04-20 Apple Computer, Inc. Activating virtual keys of a touch-screen virtual keyboard
US20060097991A1 (en) 2004-05-06 2006-05-11 Apple Computer, Inc. Multipoint touchscreen
US20060101354A1 (en) 2004-10-20 2006-05-11 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Gesture inputs for a portable display device
US7047503B1 (en) 2001-03-28 2006-05-16 Palmsource, Inc. Method and apparatus for the selection of records
US20060132460A1 (en) 2004-12-22 2006-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Touch screen accuracy
US7075512B1 (en) 2002-02-07 2006-07-11 Palmsource, Inc. Method and system for navigating a display screen for locating a desired item of information
US20060161871A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-07-20 Apple Computer, Inc. Proximity detector in handheld device
US7084859B1 (en) 1992-09-18 2006-08-01 Pryor Timothy R Programmable tactile touch screen displays and man-machine interfaces for improved vehicle instrumentation and telematics
US7088344B2 (en) 2000-10-11 2006-08-08 International Business Machines Corporation Data processor, I/O device, touch panel controlling method, recording medium, and program transmitter
US20060190833A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Microsoft Corporation Single-handed approach for navigation of application tiles using panning and zooming
US7103852B2 (en) 2003-03-10 2006-09-05 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic resizing of clickable areas of touch screen applications
US20060197753A1 (en) 2005-03-04 2006-09-07 Hotelling Steven P Multi-functional hand-held device
US7123243B2 (en) 2002-04-01 2006-10-17 Pioneer Corporation Touch panel integrated type display apparatus
US20060242607A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2006-10-26 University Of Lancaster User interface
US20060244735A1 (en) 2005-04-29 2006-11-02 Microsoft Corporation System and method for fine cursor positioning using a low resolution imaging touch screen
US20060265648A1 (en) 2005-05-23 2006-11-23 Roope Rainisto Electronic text input involving word completion functionality for predicting word candidates for partial word inputs
US20060265653A1 (en) 2005-05-23 2006-11-23 Juho Paasonen Pocket computer and associated methods
WO2006126055A2 (en) 2005-05-23 2006-11-30 Nokia Corporation Improved pocket computer and associated methods
US20060274051A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2006-12-07 Tegic Communications, Inc. Virtual Keyboard Systems with Automatic Correction
US20060277481A1 (en) 2005-06-03 2006-12-07 Scott Forstall Presenting clips of content
US20060284858A1 (en) 2005-06-08 2006-12-21 Junichi Rekimoto Input device, information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US20060290678A1 (en) 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 Jia-Yih Lii Scroll control method using a touchpad
US20070033544A1 (en) 2005-08-04 2007-02-08 Microsoft Corporation Virtual magnifying glass with on-the fly control functionalities
WO2007037806A1 (en) 2005-09-15 2007-04-05 Apple Inc. System and method for processing raw data of track pad device
US7213214B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-05-01 Idelix Software Inc. Graphical user interface with zoom for detail-in-context presentations
US20070109275A1 (en) 2005-11-16 2007-05-17 Chen-Ting Chuang Method for controlling a touch screen user interface and device thereof
US20070115264A1 (en) 2005-11-21 2007-05-24 Kun Yu Gesture based document editor
GB2433402A (en) 2005-12-14 2007-06-20 Siemens Plc Touch sensitive mode/scroll control
US20070139374A1 (en) 2005-12-19 2007-06-21 Jonah Harley Pointing device adapted for small handheld devices
US20070150842A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-06-28 Imran Chaudhri Unlocking a device by performing gestures on an unlock image
US20070150829A1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Xerox Corporation System and method for dynamic zoom to view documents on small displays
US20070152980A1 (en) 2006-01-05 2007-07-05 Kenneth Kocienda Touch Screen Keyboards for Portable Electronic Devices
US20070152984A1 (en) 2005-12-30 2007-07-05 Bas Ording Portable electronic device with multi-touch input
US20070152978A1 (en) 2006-01-05 2007-07-05 Kenneth Kocienda Keyboards for Portable Electronic Devices
US20070157085A1 (en) 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 Sap Ag Persistent adjustable text selector
US20070186158A1 (en) 2006-02-09 2007-08-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Touch screen-based document editing device and method
FR2898197A1 (fr) 2006-03-02 2007-09-07 Thomas Joseph Pouit Ecran tactile a point d'interaction distinct du point de contact
US20070238489A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-11 Research In Motion Limited Edit menu for a mobile communication device
US20070247435A1 (en) 2006-04-19 2007-10-25 Microsoft Corporation Precise selection techniques for multi-touch screens
US20070250793A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-10-25 Miura Britt S Multiple menus for use with a graphical user interface
CN101063920A (zh) 2006-04-25 2007-10-31 Lg电子株式会社 终端以及在该终端中输入命令的方法
US20070252821A1 (en) 2004-06-17 2007-11-01 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Use of a Two Finger Input on Touch Screens
CN101068411A (zh) 2006-05-03 2007-11-07 Lg电子株式会社 使用移动终端显示文本的方法
US20070257890A1 (en) 2006-05-02 2007-11-08 Apple Computer, Inc. Multipoint touch surface controller
US20070268317A1 (en) * 2006-05-18 2007-11-22 Dan Banay User interface system and method for selectively displaying a portion of a display screen
US20080002888A1 (en) 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Nokia Corporation Apparatus, method, device and computer program product providing enhanced text copy capability with touch input display
JP4047358B2 (ja) 2006-03-31 2008-02-13 松下電器産業株式会社 自励発振型半導体レーザ装置
US20080036743A1 (en) 1998-01-26 2008-02-14 Apple Computer, Inc. Gesturing with a multipoint sensing device
US20080042984A1 (en) 2006-08-16 2008-02-21 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Device and method for scrolling through list in portable terminal with touch pad
US20080055273A1 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-06 Scott Forstall Web-Clip Widgets on a Portable Multifunction Device
US20080055269A1 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-06 Lemay Stephen O Portable Electronic Device for Instant Messaging
US20080062202A1 (en) 2006-09-07 2008-03-13 Egan Schulz Magnifying visual information using a center-based loupe
WO2008030879A2 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-13 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents
WO2008030976A2 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-13 Apple Inc. Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for determining commands by applying heuristics
US20080077880A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2008-03-27 Opera Software Asa Method and device for selecting and displaying a region of interest in an electronic document
US20080098331A1 (en) 2005-09-16 2008-04-24 Gregory Novick Portable Multifunction Device with Soft Keyboards
US20080126387A1 (en) 2006-11-08 2008-05-29 Yahoo! Inc. System and method for synchronizing data
US20080168349A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Lamiraux Henri C Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Documents and Lists
US20080165143A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Francisco Ryan Tolmasky Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Interacting with User Input Elements in Displayed Content
US20080165160A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Kenneth Kocienda Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Interpreting a Finger Gesture on a Touch Screen Display
US20080165142A1 (en) * 2006-10-26 2008-07-10 Kenneth Kocienda Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Adjusting an Insertion Point Marker
US20080165148A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Richard Williamson Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Inline Multimedia Content
US20080165141A1 (en) * 2007-01-05 2008-07-10 Apple Inc. Gestures for controlling, manipulating, and editing of media files using touch sensitive devices
US20080168388A1 (en) 2007-01-05 2008-07-10 Apple Computer, Inc. Selecting and manipulating web content
US20080184138A1 (en) 2007-01-25 2008-07-31 Derek Krzanowski System, method and apparatus for selecting content from web sources and posting content to web logs
US20080201452A1 (en) 2007-02-09 2008-08-21 Novarra, Inc. Method and System for Providing Portions of Information Content to a Client Device
US20080252662A1 (en) 2007-04-11 2008-10-16 Edward Craig Hyatt Methods of Displaying Information at Different Zoom Settings and Related Devices and Computer Program Products
US20080259040A1 (en) 2006-10-26 2008-10-23 Bas Ording Method, System, and Graphical User Interface for Positioning an Insertion Marker in a Touch Screen Display
US20080270891A1 (en) 2007-04-27 2008-10-30 Nancy Lynn Friedman Method and Apparatus for Selecting and Rendering a Section of a Web Page
US20080294974A1 (en) 2007-05-24 2008-11-27 Nokia Corporation Webpage history view
US7469381B2 (en) * 2007-01-07 2008-12-23 Apple Inc. List scrolling and document translation, scaling, and rotation on a touch-screen display
US20080316212A1 (en) 2005-09-20 2008-12-25 Cliff Kushler System and method for a user interface for text editing and menu selection
US20080320391A1 (en) 2007-06-20 2008-12-25 Lemay Stephen O Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos
US20080316183A1 (en) 2007-06-22 2008-12-25 Apple Inc. Swipe gestures for touch screen keyboards
US20090002326A1 (en) 2007-06-28 2009-01-01 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for facilitating data entry via a touchscreen
US20090006991A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2009-01-01 Nokia Corporation Unlocking a touch screen device
US20090015596A1 (en) 2002-06-27 2009-01-15 Tele Atlas North America, Inc. System and method for viewing and editing digital maps using a plug-in data abstraction layer for different digital map formats
US7480870B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2009-01-20 Apple Inc. Indication of progress towards satisfaction of a user input condition
US20090044124A1 (en) 2007-08-06 2009-02-12 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for facilitating data entry using an offset connection element
US20090048000A1 (en) 2007-08-16 2009-02-19 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Systems and methods for providing a user interface
US7509588B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2009-03-24 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device with interface reconfiguration mode
US20090089707A1 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Research In Motion Limited Method and apparatus for providing zoom functionality in a portable device display
US20090093276A1 (en) 2007-10-04 2009-04-09 Kyung-Lack Kim Apparatus and method for reproducing video of mobile terminal
US20090125848A1 (en) 2007-11-14 2009-05-14 Susann Marie Keohane Touch surface-sensitive edit system
US20090138810A1 (en) 2007-11-27 2009-05-28 Microsoft Corporation Web page editor with element selection mechanism
US20090153492A1 (en) 2007-12-13 2009-06-18 Microsoft Corporation Selection and display of media associated with a geographic area based on gesture input
US20090167700A1 (en) 2007-12-27 2009-07-02 Apple Inc. Insertion marker placement on touch sensitive display
US20090178008A1 (en) * 2008-01-06 2009-07-09 Scott Herz Portable Multifunction Device with Interface Reconfiguration Mode
US7565613B2 (en) 2005-12-01 2009-07-21 Microsoft Corporation User interface incorporating data ecosystem awareness
US20090228842A1 (en) 2008-03-04 2009-09-10 Apple Inc. Selecting of text using gestures
US20090228841A1 (en) 2008-03-04 2009-09-10 Gesture Tek, Inc. Enhanced Gesture-Based Image Manipulation
US20090225100A1 (en) 2008-03-10 2009-09-10 Yu-Chieh Lee Method and system for magnifying and displaying local image of touch display device by detecting approaching object
US20090228828A1 (en) 2008-03-06 2009-09-10 Microsoft Corporation Adjustment of range of content displayed on graphical user interface
US20090228792A1 (en) 2008-03-04 2009-09-10 Van Os Marcel Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Portable Multifunction Device
US20090235186A1 (en) 2008-03-12 2009-09-17 Microsoft Corporation Limited-scope rendering
US20090292989A1 (en) 2008-05-23 2009-11-26 Microsoft Corporation Panning content utilizing a drag operation
US7633076B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2009-12-15 Apple Inc. Automated response to and sensing of user activity in portable devices
US20090319888A1 (en) 2008-04-15 2009-12-24 Opera Software Asa Method and device for dynamically wrapping text when displaying a selected region of an electronic document
EP2138929A2 (en) 2008-06-24 2009-12-30 LG Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal capable of sensing proximity touch
EP2144149A2 (en) 2008-07-11 2010-01-13 HTC Corporation Touch-sensitive control systems and methods
US7650137B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-01-19 Apple Inc. Account information display for portable communication device
US20100042933A1 (en) 2008-08-15 2010-02-18 International Business Machines Corporation Region selection control for selecting browser rendered elements
US7683888B1 (en) 2004-02-27 2010-03-23 Apple Inc. Shape detecting input device
US7683889B2 (en) 2004-12-21 2010-03-23 Microsoft Corporation Pressure based selection
US7692637B2 (en) 2005-04-26 2010-04-06 Nokia Corporation User input device for electronic device
KR20100039253A (ko) 2008-10-07 2010-04-15 리서치 인 모션 리미티드 휴대용 전자 디바이스 및 이의 제어 방법
US20100123737A1 (en) 2008-11-19 2010-05-20 Apple Inc. Techniques for manipulating panoramas
US7743348B2 (en) 2004-06-30 2010-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Using physical objects to adjust attributes of an interactive display application
US20100169766A1 (en) 2008-12-31 2010-07-01 Matias Duarte Computing Device and Method for Selecting Display Regions Responsive to Non-Discrete Directional Input Actions and Intelligent Content Analysis
US20100174980A1 (en) 2009-01-02 2010-07-08 Philip Andrew Mansfield Identification of Regions of a Document
US7760925B2 (en) 2004-03-16 2010-07-20 Kurashiki Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha Method for automatically detecting degenerated regions in stained thin section slides
US20100185975A1 (en) 2000-04-14 2010-07-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. User interface systems and methods for manipulating and viewing digital documents
US20100202010A1 (en) 2009-02-11 2010-08-12 Jun Xiao Method and system for printing a web page
US20100231529A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-16 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for selecting text information
US20100235726A1 (en) 2009-03-16 2010-09-16 Bas Ording Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display
US7808479B1 (en) 2003-09-02 2010-10-05 Apple Inc. Ambidextrous mouse
US7818691B2 (en) 2000-05-11 2010-10-19 Nes Stewart Irvine Zeroclick
US20100274674A1 (en) 2008-01-30 2010-10-28 Azuki Systems, Inc. Media navigation system
US20100283743A1 (en) 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Microsoft Corporation Changing of list views on mobile device
US20110007094A1 (en) 2008-08-28 2011-01-13 Google Inc. Architectures and methods for creating and representing time-dependent imagery
US20110078597A1 (en) 2009-09-25 2011-03-31 Peter William Rapp Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulation of User Interface Objects with Activation Regions
US20110074698A1 (en) * 2009-09-25 2011-03-31 Peter William Rapp Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulation of User Interface Objects with Activation Regions
US20110074699A1 (en) * 2009-09-25 2011-03-31 Jason Robert Marr Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Scrolling a Multi-Section Document
US7957762B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2011-06-07 Apple Inc. Using ambient light sensor to augment proximity sensor output
US7957955B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2011-06-07 Apple Inc. Method and system for providing word recommendations for text input
US8006002B2 (en) 2006-12-12 2011-08-23 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for automatic configuration of peripherals
US20110258563A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-20 Scott David Lincke Automatic Screen Zoom Level
US20110258537A1 (en) 2008-12-15 2011-10-20 Rives Christopher M Gesture based edit mode
US20110267355A1 (en) 2003-12-18 2011-11-03 1626628 Ontario Limited System, Apparatus and Method for Mapping
US20110292084A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Palm, Inc. Text Box Resizing
US8074172B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2011-12-06 Apple Inc. Method, system, and graphical user interface for providing word recommendations
US8381135B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2013-02-19 Apple Inc. Proximity detector in handheld device
US20130055150A1 (en) 2011-08-24 2013-02-28 Primesense Ltd. Visual feedback for tactile and non-tactile user interfaces
JP5165459B2 (ja) 2008-05-23 2013-03-21 ローム株式会社 傾斜センサ
US20130174081A1 (en) 2007-01-19 2013-07-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of displaying browser and terminal implementing the same
US20140139431A1 (en) 2012-11-21 2014-05-22 Htc Corporation Method for displaying images of touch control device on external display device
US20140317549A1 (en) 2013-04-17 2014-10-23 The Klever Co., Ltd. Method for Controlling Touchscreen by Using Virtual Trackball
JP7072233B2 (ja) 2019-04-09 2022-05-20 株式会社ニューギン 遊技機

Family Cites Families (73)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5741731A (en) 1980-08-25 1982-03-09 Fujitsu Ltd Coordinate input device
JPS5957336A (ja) 1982-09-27 1984-04-02 Toshiba Corp 画像表示装置
JPH02153415A (ja) 1988-12-06 1990-06-13 Hitachi Ltd キーボード装置
JPH0447358A (ja) 1990-06-01 1992-02-17 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> 文章等の編集方法
JPH06282400A (ja) 1991-04-23 1994-10-07 Sord Comput Corp ポップアップメニューの自動退避表示方式及びその表示方法
JPH05165459A (ja) 1991-12-19 1993-07-02 Toshiba Corp 拡大表示方式
JPH05189149A (ja) * 1992-01-10 1993-07-30 Toshiba Corp 情報処理装置
DE69315969T2 (de) 1992-12-15 1998-07-30 Sun Microsystems Inc Darstellung von Informationen in einem Anzeigesystem mit transparenten Fenstern
JPH06274586A (ja) 1993-03-22 1994-09-30 Mitsubishi Electric Corp 表示方式
JP2986047B2 (ja) 1993-04-29 1999-12-06 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション ディジタル入力用表示装置並びに入力処理装置および方法
JPH06332617A (ja) 1993-05-25 1994-12-02 Pfu Ltd タッチパネル入力装置における表示方法
US5471578A (en) 1993-12-30 1995-11-28 Xerox Corporation Apparatus and method for altering enclosure selections in a gesture based input system
US5732227A (en) 1994-07-05 1998-03-24 Hitachi, Ltd. Interactive information processing system responsive to user manipulation of physical objects and displayed images
JPH07320079A (ja) 1994-05-20 1995-12-08 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> 図形の部分拡大表示方法及び図形の部分拡大表示装置
JPH07320051A (ja) 1994-05-20 1995-12-08 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> 図形の任意領域拡大縮小表示方法及び図形の任意領域拡大縮小表示装置
US5495566A (en) 1994-11-22 1996-02-27 Microsoft Corporation Scrolling contents of a window
JPH08185265A (ja) 1994-12-28 1996-07-16 Fujitsu Ltd タッチパネル制御装置
JPH08227341A (ja) 1995-02-22 1996-09-03 Mitsubishi Electric Corp ユーザインターフェース
JPH09152955A (ja) * 1995-11-30 1997-06-10 Hitachi Ltd 携帯情報通信端末装置
US6493006B1 (en) 1996-05-10 2002-12-10 Apple Computer, Inc. Graphical user interface having contextual menus
JPH1091382A (ja) * 1996-09-13 1998-04-10 Toshiba Corp テキスト編集装置及び方法
US5956035A (en) 1997-05-15 1999-09-21 Sony Corporation Menu selection with menu stem and submenu size enlargement
JPH1153116A (ja) * 1997-07-29 1999-02-26 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> タッチパネル付き情報処理装置及びその制御方法
US6433801B1 (en) 1997-09-26 2002-08-13 Ericsson Inc. Method and apparatus for using a touch screen display on a portable intelligent communications device
CN1302398A (zh) 1998-03-20 2001-07-04 诺福米迪亚股份有限公司 电子书籍系统
JP4542637B2 (ja) 1998-11-25 2010-09-15 セイコーエプソン株式会社 携帯情報機器及び情報記憶媒体
JP4547474B2 (ja) 1998-12-31 2010-09-22 俊彦 岡部 Ｗｗｗ検索装置
US6731315B1 (en) 1999-11-30 2004-05-04 International Business Machines Corporation Method for selecting display parameters of a magnifiable cursor
CA2310945C (en) 2000-06-05 2009-02-03 Corel Corporation System and method for magnifying and editing images
JP2001350587A (ja) 2000-06-06 2001-12-21 Sony Corp 情報処理装置、情報入力装置および情報処理本体装置
US6704034B1 (en) * 2000-09-28 2004-03-09 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for providing accessibility through a context sensitive magnifying glass
US7603632B1 (en) 2000-11-01 2009-10-13 Microsoft Corporation System and method for creating customizable nodes in a network diagram
JP4365523B2 (ja) 2000-11-30 2009-11-18 株式会社東芝 無線通信端末
WO2002088908A2 (en) * 2001-05-02 2002-11-07 Bitstream Inc. Methods, systems, and programming for producing and displaying subpixel-optimized font bitmaps using non-linear color balancing
JP3800984B2 (ja) 2001-05-21 2006-07-26 ソニー株式会社 ユーザ入力装置
JP2003241879A (ja) 2002-02-14 2003-08-29 Sharp Corp 情報処理システム
US7309707B2 (en) 2002-03-20 2007-12-18 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Crystalline micronisate, process for the manufacture thereof and use thereof for the preparation of a medicament
JP2004152217A (ja) * 2002-11-01 2004-05-27 Canon Electronics Inc タッチパネル付き表示装置
US7493623B2 (en) 2003-02-05 2009-02-17 Nokia Corporation System and method for identifying applications targeted for message receipt in devices utilizing message queues
US20050052427A1 (en) 2003-09-10 2005-03-10 Wu Michael Chi Hung Hand gesture interaction with touch surface
US20050190970A1 (en) 2004-02-27 2005-09-01 Research In Motion Limited Text input system for a mobile electronic device and methods thereof
JP2005257819A (ja) 2004-03-09 2005-09-22 Clarion Co Ltd 地図表示装置、方法及びプログラム
EP1805587A1 (en) 2004-09-24 2007-07-11 Apple Computer, Inc. Raw data track pad device and system
US7629966B2 (en) 2004-12-21 2009-12-08 Microsoft Corporation Hard tap
KR100703771B1 (ko) 2005-05-17 2007-04-06 삼성전자주식회사 문자 입력판을 디스플레이하는 장치 및 방법
US7665028B2 (en) 2005-07-13 2010-02-16 Microsoft Corporation Rich drag drop user interface
US7853868B2 (en) 2005-09-02 2010-12-14 Microsoft Corporation Button for adding a new tabbed sheet
JP4882319B2 (ja) 2005-09-08 2012-02-22 パナソニック株式会社 情報表示装置
EP1929397A1 (en) 2005-09-30 2008-06-11 Nokia Corporation A method, device, computer program and graphical user interface used for the selection, movement and de-selection of an item
US20070192729A1 (en) * 2006-02-10 2007-08-16 Microsoft Corporation Document overview scrollbar
US7966573B2 (en) 2006-02-17 2011-06-21 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for improving interaction with a user interface
US20070234235A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-04 Research In Motion Limited Activities/applications menu for a mobile communication device
JP4876697B2 (ja) * 2006-04-28 2012-02-15 ブラザー工業株式会社 画像処理装置および画像処理プログラム
JP4752622B2 (ja) * 2006-05-30 2011-08-17 ブラザー工業株式会社 画像処理装置および画像処理プログラム
KR100754731B1 (ko) 2006-09-13 2007-09-03 삼성전자주식회사 단말기에서 메시지에 포함된 문자열을 단말기 메뉴와연동하기 위한 방법
JP2008070831A (ja) * 2006-09-15 2008-03-27 Ricoh Co Ltd 文書表示装置及び文書表示プログラム
US7801721B2 (en) 2006-10-02 2010-09-21 Google Inc. Displaying original text in a user interface with translated text
WO2008052100A2 (en) 2006-10-26 2008-05-02 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting an insertion point marker
EP1918802A1 (en) 2006-10-30 2008-05-07 Research In Motion Limited Method of improved viewing of visual objects on a display by enlarging a focused object
EP2136929A1 (en) 2007-04-23 2009-12-30 Meadwestvaco Calmar INC Tamper evident nozzle shield and methods for using the same
US8621434B2 (en) 2007-06-26 2013-12-31 Topcoder, Inc. System and method for distributed software testing
US9954996B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2018-04-24 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device with conversation management for incoming instant messages
US8773358B2 (en) 2007-08-31 2014-07-08 Blackberry Limited Handheld electronic device and associated method providing advanced text editing function in a text disambiguation environment
EP2053497A1 (en) * 2007-10-26 2009-04-29 Research In Motion Limited Text selection using a touch sensitive screen of a handheld mobile communication device
US9274698B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2016-03-01 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of controlling same
US8407603B2 (en) 2008-01-06 2013-03-26 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device for instant messaging multiple recipients
JP5001182B2 (ja) * 2008-01-10 2012-08-15 パナソニック株式会社 表示制御装置、電子機器、表示制御方法、およびプログラム
JP4241883B2 (ja) 2008-04-28 2009-03-18 ソニー株式会社 文章入力装置及び方法
KR20100001017A (ko) * 2008-06-26 2010-01-06 엘지전자 주식회사 근접 터치 감지 기능을 갖는 휴대 단말기
JP5240773B2 (ja) 2008-12-18 2013-07-17 シャープ株式会社 情報処理装置、情報処理方法および情報処理プログラム
US8677232B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2014-03-18 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US8654076B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2014-02-18 Nokia Corporation Touch screen hover input handling
FR2989197B1 (fr) 2012-04-05 2014-05-02 Toucan System Procede de securisation d'acces a un dispositif informatique

Patent Citations (366)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4332464A (en) 1980-09-22 1982-06-01 Xerox Corporation Interactive user-machine interface method and apparatus for copier/duplicator
US4698625A (en) 1985-05-30 1987-10-06 International Business Machines Corp. Graphic highlight adjacent a pointing cursor
US4680429A (en) 1986-01-15 1987-07-14 Tektronix, Inc. Touch panel
US4790028A (en) 1986-09-12 1988-12-06 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Method and apparatus for generating variably scaled displays
US4755811A (en) 1987-03-24 1988-07-05 Tektronix, Inc. Touch controlled zoom of waveform displays
EP0283995A2 (en) 1987-03-24 1988-09-28 Tektronix Inc. Touch controlled zoom of waveform displays
US5053758A (en) 1988-02-01 1991-10-01 Sperry Marine Inc. Touchscreen control panel with sliding touch control
US5079723A (en) 1988-03-04 1992-01-07 Xerox Corporation Touch dialogue user interface for reproduction machines
US5016002A (en) 1988-04-15 1991-05-14 Nokia-Mobira Oy Matrix display
US5625710A (en) 1988-07-20 1997-04-29 Fujitsu Limited Character recognition apparatus using modification of a characteristic quantity
US5201034A (en) 1988-09-30 1993-04-06 Hitachi Ltd. Interactive intelligent interface
US5027110A (en) 1988-12-05 1991-06-25 At&T Bell Laboratories Arrangement for simultaneously displaying on one or more display terminals a series of images
JPH03113578A (ja) 1989-09-27 1991-05-14 Fujitsu Ltd 図形出力処理方式
US5266949A (en) 1990-03-29 1993-11-30 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. Lighted electronic keyboard
US5459488A (en) 1990-07-21 1995-10-17 Robert Bosch Gmbh Graphical user interface with fisheye adaptation principle
EP0476972A2 (en) 1990-09-17 1992-03-25 Xerox Corporation Touch screen user interface with expanding touch locations for a reprographic machine
US5119079A (en) 1990-09-17 1992-06-02 Xerox Corporation Touch screen user interface with expanding touch locations for a reprographic machine
US5347295A (en) 1990-10-31 1994-09-13 Go Corporation Control of a computer through a position-sensed stylus
US5260697A (en) 1990-11-13 1993-11-09 Wang Laboratories, Inc. Computer with separate display plane and user interface processor
US5589586A (en) 1990-11-26 1996-12-31 Pharmacia Lkb Biotechnology Ab Nucleosides attached to a solid support through a 3'-silyl linkage and their use in oligonucleotide synthesis
US5408060A (en) 1991-01-29 1995-04-18 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. Illuminated pushbutton keyboard
US5266931A (en) 1991-05-09 1993-11-30 Sony Corporation Apparatus and method for inputting data
US5341466A (en) 1991-05-09 1994-08-23 New York University Fractal computer user centerface with zooming capability
US5341293A (en) 1991-05-15 1994-08-23 Apple Computer, Inc. User interface system having programmable user interface elements
US5326270A (en) 1991-08-29 1994-07-05 Introspect Technologies, Inc. System and method for assessing an individual's task-processing style
US20020080151A1 (en) 1991-12-20 2002-06-27 Venolia Daniel Scott Zooming controller
US5483261A (en) 1992-02-14 1996-01-09 Itu Research, Inc. Graphical input controller and method with rear screen image detection
US5757358A (en) 1992-03-31 1998-05-26 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Method and apparatus for enhancing computer-user selection of computer-displayed objects through dynamic selection area and constant visual feedback
US5523775A (en) 1992-05-26 1996-06-04 Apple Computer, Inc. Method for selecting objects on a computer display
US5880411A (en) 1992-06-08 1999-03-09 Synaptics, Incorporated Object position detector with edge motion feature and gesture recognition
US5488204A (en) 1992-06-08 1996-01-30 Synaptics, Incorporated Paintbrush stylus for capacitive touch sensor pad
US5543588A (en) 1992-06-08 1996-08-06 Synaptics, Incorporated Touch pad driven handheld computing device
EP0575146A2 (en) 1992-06-16 1993-12-22 Honeywell Inc. A method for utilizing a low resolution touch screen system in a high resolution graphics environment
US5319386A (en) 1992-08-04 1994-06-07 Gunn Gary J Ideographic character selection method and apparatus
US7084859B1 (en) 1992-09-18 2006-08-01 Pryor Timothy R Programmable tactile touch screen displays and man-machine interfaces for improved vehicle instrumentation and telematics
US5982352A (en) 1992-09-18 1999-11-09 Pryor; Timothy R. Method for providing human input to a computer
US5640580A (en) 1992-12-07 1997-06-17 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for previewing computer output
US5465401A (en) 1992-12-15 1995-11-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Communication system and methods for enhanced information transfer
US5335276A (en) 1992-12-16 1994-08-02 Texas Instruments Incorporated Communication system and methods for enhanced information transfer
US5463725A (en) 1992-12-31 1995-10-31 International Business Machines Corp. Data processing system graphical user interface which emulates printed material
EP0609030A1 (en) 1993-01-26 1994-08-03 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for browsing information in a computer database
US5638523A (en) 1993-01-26 1997-06-10 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for browsing information in a computer database
US5511148A (en) 1993-04-30 1996-04-23 Xerox Corporation Interactive copying system
US6020881A (en) 1993-05-24 2000-02-01 Sun Microsystems Graphical user interface with method and apparatus for interfacing to remote devices
US5673338A (en) 1993-06-10 1997-09-30 Verification Technologies, Inc. System for verification of unique items
WO1994029788A1 (en) 1993-06-15 1994-12-22 Honeywell Inc. A method for utilizing a low resolution touch screen system in a high resolution graphics environment
US5579037A (en) 1993-06-29 1996-11-26 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for selecting objects on a tablet display using a pen-like interface
US5967996A (en) 1993-06-30 1999-10-19 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Apparatus and method for aiding transmission
US5710831A (en) 1993-07-30 1998-01-20 Apple Computer, Inc. Method for correcting handwriting on a pen-based computer
US5367453A (en) 1993-08-02 1994-11-22 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for correcting words
US5689287A (en) 1993-10-27 1997-11-18 Xerox Corporation Context-preserving display system using a perspective sheet
EP0651543A2 (en) 1993-11-01 1995-05-03 International Business Machines Corporation Personal communicator having improved zoom and pan functions
US5422656A (en) 1993-11-01 1995-06-06 International Business Machines Corp. Personal communicator having improved contrast control for a liquid crystal, touch sensitive display
US5615384A (en) 1993-11-01 1997-03-25 International Business Machines Corporation Personal communicator having improved zoom and pan functions for editing information on touch sensitive display
US20010040587A1 (en) 1993-11-15 2001-11-15 E. J. Scheck Touch control of cursonr position
US5977950A (en) 1993-11-29 1999-11-02 Motorola, Inc. Manually controllable cursor in a virtual image
EP0667567A2 (en) 1993-12-30 1995-08-16 Xerox Corporation Apparatus and method for supporting the implicit structure of freeform lists, outlines, text, tables, and diagrams in a gesture-based input system and editing system
US6525749B1 (en) 1993-12-30 2003-02-25 Xerox Corporation Apparatus and method for supporting the implicit structure of freeform lists, outlines, text, tables and diagrams in a gesture-based input system and editing system
CN1129889A (zh) 1994-07-25 1996-08-28 国际商业机器公司 在个人通讯设备的显示屏幕上标记文本的装置和方法
US5815142A (en) 1994-07-25 1998-09-29 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method for marking text on a display screen in a personal communications device
US5568536A (en) 1994-07-25 1996-10-22 International Business Machines Corporation Selective reconfiguration method and apparatus in a multiple application personal communications device
US6295390B1 (en) 1994-08-23 2001-09-25 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image input/output apparatus with light illumination device for two-dimensional illumination
US5877751A (en) 1994-09-22 1999-03-02 Aisin Aw Co., Ltd. Touch display type information input system
US5553225A (en) 1994-10-25 1996-09-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for combining a zoom function in scroll bar sliders
US5760773A (en) 1995-01-06 1998-06-02 Microsoft Corporation Methods and apparatus for interacting with data objects using action handles
US5736974A (en) 1995-02-17 1998-04-07 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for improving visibility and selectability of icons
US5565888A (en) 1995-02-17 1996-10-15 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for improving visibility and selectability of icons
US5543897A (en) 1995-03-07 1996-08-06 Eastman Kodak Company Reproduction apparatus having touch screen operator interface and auxiliary keyboard
US5754873A (en) 1995-06-01 1998-05-19 Adobe Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for scaling a selected block of text to a preferred absolute text height and scaling the remainder of the text proportionately
US5910801A (en) 1995-07-14 1999-06-08 International Business Machines Corporation Mechanism for fine-grained and coarse-grained control of zooming in a display of a one-dimensional data set
US5721939A (en) 1995-08-03 1998-02-24 Xerox Corporation Method and apparatus for tokenizing text
US5778404A (en) 1995-08-07 1998-07-07 Apple Computer, Inc. String inserter for pen-based computer systems and method for providing same
US5956021A (en) 1995-09-20 1999-09-21 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method and device for inputting information for a portable information processing device that uses a touch screen
US6037939A (en) 1995-09-27 2000-03-14 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Method for enabling interactive manipulation of data retained in computer system, and a computer system for implementing the method
US5874965A (en) 1995-10-11 1999-02-23 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Method for magnifying a plurality of display images to reveal more detailed information
US5943043A (en) 1995-11-09 1999-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Touch panel "double-touch" input method and detection apparatus
US5825352A (en) 1996-01-04 1998-10-20 Logitech, Inc. Multiple fingers contact sensing method for emulating mouse buttons and mouse operations on a touch sensor pad
EP0795811A1 (en) 1996-03-12 1997-09-17 Ncr International Inc. Display system and method of moving a cursor of the display screen
US6173194B1 (en) 1996-04-15 2001-01-09 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Mobile terminal having improved user interface
US5835079A (en) 1996-06-13 1998-11-10 International Business Machines Corporation Virtual pointing device for touchscreens
US6054990A (en) 1996-07-05 2000-04-25 Tran; Bao Q. Computer system with handwriting annotation
WO1998009270A1 (en) 1996-08-28 1998-03-05 Via, Inc. Touch screen systems and methods
US6121960A (en) 1996-08-28 2000-09-19 Via, Inc. Touch screen systems and methods
US20020039108A1 (en) 1996-10-30 2002-04-04 Autodesk, Inc. Vector-based geographic data
US20020069220A1 (en) 1996-12-17 2002-06-06 Tran Bao Q. Remote data access and management system utilizing handwriting input
US6157935A (en) 1996-12-17 2000-12-05 Tran; Bao Q. Remote data access and management system
US5926769A (en) 1997-02-18 1999-07-20 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Cellular telephone having simplified user interface for storing and retrieving telephone numbers
US6073036A (en) 1997-04-28 2000-06-06 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Mobile station with touch input having automatic symbol magnification function
US6049326A (en) 1997-05-12 2000-04-11 Siemens Information And Communication Networks, Inc. System and method for dual browser modes
JPH10340075A (ja) 1997-06-06 1998-12-22 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd 画像表示方法
US5910800A (en) 1997-06-11 1999-06-08 Microsoft Corporation Usage tips for on-screen touch-sensitive controls
WO1999021084A1 (en) 1997-10-21 1999-04-29 Ericsson, Inc. System to associate control with applications using drag and drop interface
US6262735B1 (en) 1997-11-05 2001-07-17 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. Utilizing the contents of a message
US20030014382A1 (en) 1997-11-13 2003-01-16 Tsuyoshi Iwamoto Apparatus and method for carrying out data linkage among a plurality of applications
US6310610B1 (en) 1997-12-04 2001-10-30 Nortel Networks Limited Intelligent touch display
US6323846B1 (en) 1998-01-26 2001-11-27 University Of Delaware Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US6888536B2 (en) 1998-01-26 2005-05-03 The University Of Delaware Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US20080036743A1 (en) 1998-01-26 2008-02-14 Apple Computer, Inc. Gesturing with a multipoint sensing device
US20020015024A1 (en) 1998-01-26 2002-02-07 University Of Delaware Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US20060238519A1 (en) 1998-01-26 2006-10-26 Fingerworks, Inc. User interface gestures
WO1999054807A1 (en) 1998-04-17 1999-10-28 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Graphical user interface touch screen with an auto zoom feature
US20020030699A1 (en) 1998-04-17 2002-03-14 Van Ee Jan Hand-held with auto-zoom for graphical display of Web page
US6188391B1 (en) 1998-07-09 2001-02-13 Synaptics, Inc. Two-layer capacitive touchpad and method of making same
US20020011993A1 (en) 1999-01-07 2002-01-31 Charlton E. Lui System and method for automatically switching between writing and text input modes
GB2351639A (en) 1999-01-15 2001-01-03 Ibm Touch screen region assist for hypertext links
US6643824B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2003-11-04 International Business Machines Corporation Touch screen region assist for hypertext links
CN1293807A (zh) 1999-01-29 2001-05-02 松下电器产业株式会社 图象显示装置
US6411283B1 (en) 1999-05-20 2002-06-25 Micron Technology, Inc. Computer touch screen adapted to facilitate selection of features at edge of screen
WO2000075766A1 (en) 1999-06-02 2000-12-14 Ncr International, Inc. Self-service terminal
US20040237053A1 (en) 1999-06-10 2004-11-25 Microsoft Corporation System and method for implementing an image ancillary to a cursor
US6664989B1 (en) 1999-10-18 2003-12-16 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and apparatus for graphical display interaction
US20050145807A1 (en) 1999-12-01 2005-07-07 Paul Lapstun Device for interacting with an interface surface
US7148499B2 (en) 1999-12-01 2006-12-12 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Device for interacting with an interface surface
WO2001046790A2 (en) 1999-12-20 2001-06-28 Apple Computer, Inc. User interface for providing consolidation and access
US20040075695A1 (en) 2000-01-06 2004-04-22 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for providing context menus on a hand-held device
US6664991B1 (en) 2000-01-06 2003-12-16 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for providing context menus on a pen-based device
US6822635B2 (en) 2000-01-19 2004-11-23 Immersion Corporation Haptic interface for laptop computers and other portable devices
US20100185975A1 (en) 2000-04-14 2010-07-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. User interface systems and methods for manipulating and viewing digital documents
US7818691B2 (en) 2000-05-11 2010-10-19 Nes Stewart Irvine Zeroclick
US20020003469A1 (en) 2000-05-23 2002-01-10 Hewlett -Packard Company Internet browser facility and method for the visually impaired
US6563913B1 (en) 2000-08-21 2003-05-13 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Selective sending of portions of electronic content
US20020030665A1 (en) 2000-09-11 2002-03-14 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Coordinate input device and portable information apparatus equipped with coordinate input device
US20020067346A1 (en) 2000-09-22 2002-06-06 Eric Mouton Graphical user interface for devices having small tactile displays
US20060017692A1 (en) 2000-10-02 2006-01-26 Wehrenberg Paul J Methods and apparatuses for operating a portable device based on an accelerometer
US7088344B2 (en) 2000-10-11 2006-08-08 International Business Machines Corporation Data processor, I/O device, touch panel controlling method, recording medium, and program transmitter
US20050243373A1 (en) 2000-10-20 2005-11-03 Sliverbrook Research Pty Ltd Graphic design software using an interface surface
US20020097270A1 (en) 2000-11-10 2002-07-25 Keely Leroy B. Selection handles in editing electronic documents
US20020059350A1 (en) 2000-11-10 2002-05-16 Marieke Iwema Insertion point bungee space tool
US20040039934A1 (en) 2000-12-19 2004-02-26 Land Michael Z. System and method for multimedia authoring and playback
US20020112180A1 (en) 2000-12-19 2002-08-15 Land Michael Z. System and method for multimedia authoring and playback
US20020080123A1 (en) 2000-12-26 2002-06-27 International Business Machines Corporation Method for touchscreen data input
US6677932B1 (en) 2001-01-28 2004-01-13 Finger Works, Inc. System and method for recognizing touch typing under limited tactile feedback conditions
US20060125803A1 (en) 2001-02-10 2006-06-15 Wayne Westerman System and method for packing multitouch gestures onto a hand
US7705830B2 (en) 2001-02-10 2010-04-27 Apple Inc. System and method for packing multitouch gestures onto a hand
US7030861B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2006-04-18 Wayne Carl Westerman System and method for packing multi-touch gestures onto a hand
US6570557B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2003-05-27 Finger Works, Inc. Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords
US7047503B1 (en) 2001-03-28 2006-05-16 Palmsource, Inc. Method and apparatus for the selection of records
US20030137522A1 (en) 2001-05-02 2003-07-24 Kaasila Sampo J. Innovations for the display of web pages
US20050024341A1 (en) * 2001-05-16 2005-02-03 Synaptics, Inc. Touch screen with user interface enhancement
US20070250793A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-10-25 Miura Britt S Multiple menus for use with a graphical user interface
US20020180763A1 (en) 2001-06-05 2002-12-05 Shao-Tsu Kung Touch screen using pressure to control the zoom ratio
US7213214B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-05-01 Idelix Software Inc. Graphical user interface with zoom for detail-in-context presentations
US6971068B2 (en) 2001-07-26 2005-11-29 International Business Machines Corporation Dialog box positioning
US7408538B2 (en) * 2001-08-29 2008-08-05 Microsoft Corporation Enhanced scrolling
US20060038796A1 (en) * 2001-08-29 2006-02-23 Microsoft Corporation Enhanced scrolling
US20030043113A1 (en) 2001-09-04 2003-03-06 Alps Electric Co., Ltd. Coordinates input apparatus having divided coordinates input surface
WO2003023593A1 (en) 2001-09-10 2003-03-20 Myorigo Oy Navigation method, program product and device for presenting information in a user interface
US6850220B2 (en) 2001-09-17 2005-02-01 International Business Machines Corporation Input method, input system, and program for touch panel
US7015894B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2006-03-21 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Information input and output system, method, storage medium, and carrier wave
US20030063073A1 (en) 2001-10-03 2003-04-03 Geaghan Bernard O. Touch panel system and method for distinguishing multiple touch inputs
US7184064B2 (en) 2001-12-28 2007-02-27 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Touch-screen image scrolling system and method
US6690387B2 (en) 2001-12-28 2004-02-10 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Touch-screen image scrolling system and method
US20050140660A1 (en) 2002-01-18 2005-06-30 Jyrki Valikangas Method and apparatus for integrating a wide keyboard in a small device
US7075512B1 (en) 2002-02-07 2006-07-11 Palmsource, Inc. Method and system for navigating a display screen for locating a desired item of information
US20050111736A1 (en) 2002-02-08 2005-05-26 Microsoft Corporation Ink gestures
US7536656B2 (en) 2002-02-08 2009-05-19 Microsoft Corporation Ink gestures
US20050229117A1 (en) 2002-02-08 2005-10-13 Microsoft Corporation Ink gestures
US7305630B2 (en) 2002-02-08 2007-12-04 Microsoft Corporation Ink gestures
US6938222B2 (en) 2002-02-08 2005-08-30 Microsoft Corporation Ink gestures
US20040203674A1 (en) 2002-03-19 2004-10-14 Guangming Shi Multi-call display management for wireless communication devices
US7123243B2 (en) 2002-04-01 2006-10-17 Pioneer Corporation Touch panel integrated type display apparatus
US20090015596A1 (en) 2002-06-27 2009-01-15 Tele Atlas North America, Inc. System and method for viewing and editing digital maps using a plug-in data abstraction layer for different digital map formats
US20040021676A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-02-05 Tatung Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus of view window scrolling
WO2004051392A2 (en) 2002-11-29 2004-06-17 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. User interface with displaced representation of touch area
WO2004051430A2 (en) 2002-12-03 2004-06-17 Bitstream Inc. Methods systems and programming for scaled display of web pages
US20040183817A1 (en) 2002-12-03 2004-09-23 Bitstream Inc. Methods, systems, and programming for scaled display of web pages
US20040130575A1 (en) 2003-01-03 2004-07-08 Tatung Co., Ltd. Method of displaying a software keyboard
US20040135818A1 (en) 2003-01-14 2004-07-15 Thomson Michael J. Animating images to reflect user selection
WO2004070604A2 (en) 2003-02-05 2004-08-19 Philips Intellectual Property & Standards Gmbh Method of selecting objects of a user interface on a display screen
US20040160419A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-08-19 Terradigital Systems Llc. Method for entering alphanumeric characters into a graphical user interface
US20040155888A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-08-12 Padgitt David Gary Method for displaying the contents of a collection of media objects
US20040174399A1 (en) 2003-03-04 2004-09-09 Institute For Information Industry Computer with a touch screen
US7103852B2 (en) 2003-03-10 2006-09-05 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic resizing of clickable areas of touch screen applications
US20040196267A1 (en) 2003-04-02 2004-10-07 Fujitsu Limited Information processing apparatus operating in touch panel mode and pointing device mode
US7268772B2 (en) 2003-04-02 2007-09-11 Fujitsu Limited Information processing apparatus operating in touch panel mode and pointing device mode
US20050135053A1 (en) 2003-04-16 2005-06-23 Carroll David W. Mobile, hand-held personal computer
US20050005241A1 (en) 2003-05-08 2005-01-06 Hunleth Frank A. Methods and systems for generating a zoomable graphical user interface
US20060242607A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2006-10-26 University Of Lancaster User interface
US20050012723A1 (en) 2003-07-14 2005-01-20 Move Mobile Systems, Inc. System and method for a portable multimedia client
US7808479B1 (en) 2003-09-02 2010-10-05 Apple Inc. Ambidextrous mouse
US20060022956A1 (en) 2003-09-02 2006-02-02 Apple Computer, Inc. Touch-sensitive electronic apparatus for media applications, and methods therefor
US20050052547A1 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-03-10 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc. Image-sensing apparatus
US20050068342A1 (en) 2003-09-26 2005-03-31 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image display apparatus, method and program
US20050076300A1 (en) 2003-10-02 2005-04-07 International Business Machines Corporation Block marker system
US20050093826A1 (en) 2003-10-29 2005-05-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for inputting character using touch screen in portable terminal
US20110267355A1 (en) 2003-12-18 2011-11-03 1626628 Ontario Limited System, Apparatus and Method for Mapping
US20060274051A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2006-12-07 Tegic Communications, Inc. Virtual Keyboard Systems with Automatic Correction
US7319457B2 (en) 2004-02-12 2008-01-15 Sentelic Corporation Method of scrolling window screen by means of controlling electronic device
US20050198588A1 (en) 2004-02-12 2005-09-08 Jao-Ching Lin Method of scrolling window screen by means of controlling electronic device
US20050192924A1 (en) 2004-02-17 2005-09-01 Microsoft Corporation Rapid visual sorting of digital files and data
US7683888B1 (en) 2004-02-27 2010-03-23 Apple Inc. Shape detecting input device
US20050190147A1 (en) 2004-02-27 2005-09-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Pointing device for a terminal having a touch screen and method for using the same
US7218226B2 (en) 2004-03-01 2007-05-15 Apple Inc. Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices
US20050190059A1 (en) 2004-03-01 2005-09-01 Apple Computer, Inc. Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices
US7760925B2 (en) 2004-03-16 2010-07-20 Kurashiki Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha Method for automatically detecting degenerated regions in stained thin section slides
US20060033721A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2006-02-16 Richard Woolley Method for scrolling and edge motion on a touchpad
US20060097991A1 (en) 2004-05-06 2006-05-11 Apple Computer, Inc. Multipoint touchscreen
US7663607B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2010-02-16 Apple Inc. Multipoint touchscreen
US20070252821A1 (en) 2004-06-17 2007-11-01 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Use of a Two Finger Input on Touch Screens
WO2006003591A2 (en) 2004-06-29 2006-01-12 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Discontinuous zoom
US20060001654A1 (en) 2004-06-30 2006-01-05 National Semiconductor Corporation Apparatus and method for performing data entry with light based touch screen displays
US7743348B2 (en) 2004-06-30 2010-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Using physical objects to adjust attributes of an interactive display application
US20060005151A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-01-05 Adobe Systems Graphical interface for adjustment of text selections
US20060022955A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-02 Apple Computer, Inc. Visual expander
US7653883B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2010-01-26 Apple Inc. Proximity detector in handheld device
US20060026535A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-02 Apple Computer Inc. Mode-based graphical user interfaces for touch sensitive input devices
US20060033724A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-16 Apple Computer, Inc. Virtual input device placement on a touch screen user interface
US20060161871A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-07-20 Apple Computer, Inc. Proximity detector in handheld device
WO2006020304A2 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-23 Apple Computer, Inc. Mode-based graphical user interfaces for touch sensitive input devices
US8239784B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2012-08-07 Apple Inc. Mode-based graphical user interfaces for touch sensitive input devices
US8381135B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2013-02-19 Apple Inc. Proximity detector in handheld device
US20060085757A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-04-20 Apple Computer, Inc. Activating virtual keys of a touch-screen virtual keyboard
US7614008B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2009-11-03 Apple Inc. Operation of a computer with touch screen interface
WO2006020305A2 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-23 Apple Computer, Inc. Gestures for touch sensitive input devices
US20060053387A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-03-09 Apple Computer, Inc. Operation of a computer with touch screen interface
US7760187B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2010-07-20 Apple Inc. Visual expander
US20060026536A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-02 Apple Computer, Inc. Gestures for touch sensitive input devices
US20060026521A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-02 Apple Computer, Inc. Gestures for touch sensitive input devices
US20060041589A1 (en) 2004-08-23 2006-02-23 Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. System and method for clipping, repurposing, and augmenting document content
US20060066588A1 (en) 2004-09-24 2006-03-30 Apple Computer, Inc. System and method for processing raw data of track pad device
US20060101354A1 (en) 2004-10-20 2006-05-11 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Gesture inputs for a portable display device
US7683889B2 (en) 2004-12-21 2010-03-23 Microsoft Corporation Pressure based selection
EP1674976A2 (en) 2004-12-22 2006-06-28 Microsoft Corporation Improving touch screen accuracy
US20060132460A1 (en) 2004-12-22 2006-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Touch screen accuracy
US20060190833A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Microsoft Corporation Single-handed approach for navigation of application tiles using panning and zooming
US20060197753A1 (en) 2005-03-04 2006-09-07 Hotelling Steven P Multi-functional hand-held device
US7692637B2 (en) 2005-04-26 2010-04-06 Nokia Corporation User input device for electronic device
US20060244735A1 (en) 2005-04-29 2006-11-02 Microsoft Corporation System and method for fine cursor positioning using a low resolution imaging touch screen
WO2006126055A2 (en) 2005-05-23 2006-11-30 Nokia Corporation Improved pocket computer and associated methods
US20060265648A1 (en) 2005-05-23 2006-11-23 Roope Rainisto Electronic text input involving word completion functionality for predicting word candidates for partial word inputs
US20060265653A1 (en) 2005-05-23 2006-11-23 Juho Paasonen Pocket computer and associated methods
US20060277481A1 (en) 2005-06-03 2006-12-07 Scott Forstall Presenting clips of content
US20060284858A1 (en) 2005-06-08 2006-12-21 Junichi Rekimoto Input device, information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US20060290678A1 (en) 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 Jia-Yih Lii Scroll control method using a touchpad
US20070033544A1 (en) 2005-08-04 2007-02-08 Microsoft Corporation Virtual magnifying glass with on-the fly control functionalities
WO2007037806A1 (en) 2005-09-15 2007-04-05 Apple Inc. System and method for processing raw data of track pad device
US20080098331A1 (en) 2005-09-16 2008-04-24 Gregory Novick Portable Multifunction Device with Soft Keyboards
US20080316212A1 (en) 2005-09-20 2008-12-25 Cliff Kushler System and method for a user interface for text editing and menu selection
US7633076B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2009-12-15 Apple Inc. Automated response to and sensing of user activity in portable devices
US20070109275A1 (en) 2005-11-16 2007-05-17 Chen-Ting Chuang Method for controlling a touch screen user interface and device thereof
US20070115264A1 (en) 2005-11-21 2007-05-24 Kun Yu Gesture based document editor
US7565613B2 (en) 2005-12-01 2009-07-21 Microsoft Corporation User interface incorporating data ecosystem awareness
GB2433402A (en) 2005-12-14 2007-06-20 Siemens Plc Touch sensitive mode/scroll control
US20070139374A1 (en) 2005-12-19 2007-06-21 Jonah Harley Pointing device adapted for small handheld devices
US20070150829A1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Xerox Corporation System and method for dynamic zoom to view documents on small displays
US7650137B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-01-19 Apple Inc. Account information display for portable communication device
US20070150842A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-06-28 Imran Chaudhri Unlocking a device by performing gestures on an unlock image
US7480870B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2009-01-20 Apple Inc. Indication of progress towards satisfaction of a user input condition
US7657849B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-02-02 Apple Inc. Unlocking a device by performing gestures on an unlock image
US20070157085A1 (en) 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 Sap Ag Persistent adjustable text selector
US20070152984A1 (en) 2005-12-30 2007-07-05 Bas Ording Portable electronic device with multi-touch input
US7812826B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2010-10-12 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device with multi-touch input
US7509588B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2009-03-24 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device with interface reconfiguration mode
US20070152980A1 (en) 2006-01-05 2007-07-05 Kenneth Kocienda Touch Screen Keyboards for Portable Electronic Devices
US20070152978A1 (en) 2006-01-05 2007-07-05 Kenneth Kocienda Keyboards for Portable Electronic Devices
US7694231B2 (en) 2006-01-05 2010-04-06 Apple Inc. Keyboards for portable electronic devices
US20070186158A1 (en) 2006-02-09 2007-08-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Touch screen-based document editing device and method
US8042042B2 (en) 2006-02-09 2011-10-18 Republic Of Korea Touch screen-based document editing device and method
FR2898197A1 (fr) 2006-03-02 2007-09-07 Thomas Joseph Pouit Ecran tactile a point d'interaction distinct du point de contact
JP4047358B2 (ja) 2006-03-31 2008-02-13 松下電器産業株式会社 自励発振型半導体レーザ装置
US20070238489A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-11 Research In Motion Limited Edit menu for a mobile communication device
US20070247435A1 (en) 2006-04-19 2007-10-25 Microsoft Corporation Precise selection techniques for multi-touch screens
CN101063920A (zh) 2006-04-25 2007-10-31 Lg电子株式会社 终端以及在该终端中输入命令的方法
EP1850217A2 (en) 2006-04-25 2007-10-31 LG Electronics Inc. Terminal and method for entering command in the terminal
US20070257890A1 (en) 2006-05-02 2007-11-08 Apple Computer, Inc. Multipoint touch surface controller
US20070260981A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of displaying text using mobile terminal
CN101068411A (zh) 2006-05-03 2007-11-07 Lg电子株式会社 使用移动终端显示文本的方法
KR20070107462A (ko) 2006-05-03 2007-11-07 엘지전자 주식회사 휴대용 단말기 및 이를 이용한 텍스트 표시 방법
US20070268317A1 (en) * 2006-05-18 2007-11-22 Dan Banay User interface system and method for selectively displaying a portion of a display screen
US20080002888A1 (en) 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Nokia Corporation Apparatus, method, device and computer program product providing enhanced text copy capability with touch input display
US20080042984A1 (en) 2006-08-16 2008-02-21 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Device and method for scrolling through list in portable terminal with touch pad
US20080174570A1 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-07-24 Apple Inc. Touch Screen Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Determining Commands by Applying Heuristics
US7864163B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2011-01-04 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents
US7479949B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2009-01-20 Apple Inc. Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for determining commands by applying heuristics
US20080122796A1 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-05-29 Jobs Steven P Touch Screen Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Determining Commands by Applying Heuristics
US20080055273A1 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-06 Scott Forstall Web-Clip Widgets on a Portable Multifunction Device
US20080055269A1 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-06 Lemay Stephen O Portable Electronic Device for Instant Messaging
WO2008030879A2 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-13 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents
WO2008030976A2 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-13 Apple Inc. Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for determining commands by applying heuristics
US20080094368A1 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-04-24 Bas Ording Portable Electronic Device, Method, And Graphical User Interface For Displaying Structured Electronic Documents
US7889212B2 (en) 2006-09-07 2011-02-15 Apple Inc. Magnifying visual information using a center-based loupe
US20080062202A1 (en) 2006-09-07 2008-03-13 Egan Schulz Magnifying visual information using a center-based loupe
US20080077880A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2008-03-27 Opera Software Asa Method and device for selecting and displaying a region of interest in an electronic document
US7856605B2 (en) 2006-10-26 2010-12-21 Apple Inc. Method, system, and graphical user interface for positioning an insertion marker in a touch screen display
US20080165142A1 (en) * 2006-10-26 2008-07-10 Kenneth Kocienda Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Adjusting an Insertion Point Marker
US20080259040A1 (en) 2006-10-26 2008-10-23 Bas Ording Method, System, and Graphical User Interface for Positioning an Insertion Marker in a Touch Screen Display
US20080126387A1 (en) 2006-11-08 2008-05-29 Yahoo! Inc. System and method for synchronizing data
US8006002B2 (en) 2006-12-12 2011-08-23 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for automatic configuration of peripherals
US8074172B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2011-12-06 Apple Inc. Method, system, and graphical user interface for providing word recommendations
US7957955B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2011-06-07 Apple Inc. Method and system for providing word recommendations for text input
US20080168388A1 (en) 2007-01-05 2008-07-10 Apple Computer, Inc. Selecting and manipulating web content
US20080165141A1 (en) * 2007-01-05 2008-07-10 Apple Inc. Gestures for controlling, manipulating, and editing of media files using touch sensitive devices
US7957762B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2011-06-07 Apple Inc. Using ambient light sensor to augment proximity sensor output
US20090070704A1 (en) * 2007-01-07 2009-03-12 Bas Ording Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Zooming Out on a Touch-Screen Display
US20080165148A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Richard Williamson Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Inline Multimedia Content
US8255798B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-08-28 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for electronic document translation on a touch-screen display
US20090073194A1 (en) * 2007-01-07 2009-03-19 Bas Ording Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for List Scrolling on a Touch-Screen Display
US20090077488A1 (en) * 2007-01-07 2009-03-19 Bas Ording Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Electronic Document Translation on a Touch-Screen Display
US7469381B2 (en) * 2007-01-07 2008-12-23 Apple Inc. List scrolling and document translation, scaling, and rotation on a touch-screen display
US20080165143A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Francisco Ryan Tolmasky Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Interacting with User Input Elements in Displayed Content
US20080165160A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Kenneth Kocienda Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Interpreting a Finger Gesture on a Touch Screen Display
US20080168349A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Lamiraux Henri C Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Documents and Lists
US20130174081A1 (en) 2007-01-19 2013-07-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of displaying browser and terminal implementing the same
US20080184138A1 (en) 2007-01-25 2008-07-31 Derek Krzanowski System, method and apparatus for selecting content from web sources and posting content to web logs
US20080201452A1 (en) 2007-02-09 2008-08-21 Novarra, Inc. Method and System for Providing Portions of Information Content to a Client Device
US7768536B2 (en) * 2007-04-11 2010-08-03 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Methods of displaying information at different zoom settings and related devices and computer program products
US20080252662A1 (en) 2007-04-11 2008-10-16 Edward Craig Hyatt Methods of Displaying Information at Different Zoom Settings and Related Devices and Computer Program Products
US20080270891A1 (en) 2007-04-27 2008-10-30 Nancy Lynn Friedman Method and Apparatus for Selecting and Rendering a Section of a Web Page
US20080294974A1 (en) 2007-05-24 2008-11-27 Nokia Corporation Webpage history view
US20080320391A1 (en) 2007-06-20 2008-12-25 Lemay Stephen O Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos
US20080316183A1 (en) 2007-06-22 2008-12-25 Apple Inc. Swipe gestures for touch screen keyboards
US20090002326A1 (en) 2007-06-28 2009-01-01 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for facilitating data entry via a touchscreen
US20090006991A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2009-01-01 Nokia Corporation Unlocking a touch screen device
US20090044124A1 (en) 2007-08-06 2009-02-12 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for facilitating data entry using an offset connection element
WO2009022243A1 (en) 2007-08-16 2009-02-19 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Systems and methods for providing a user interface
US20090048000A1 (en) 2007-08-16 2009-02-19 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Systems and methods for providing a user interface
US20090089707A1 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Research In Motion Limited Method and apparatus for providing zoom functionality in a portable device display
US20090093276A1 (en) 2007-10-04 2009-04-09 Kyung-Lack Kim Apparatus and method for reproducing video of mobile terminal
US20090125848A1 (en) 2007-11-14 2009-05-14 Susann Marie Keohane Touch surface-sensitive edit system
US20090138810A1 (en) 2007-11-27 2009-05-28 Microsoft Corporation Web page editor with element selection mechanism
US20090153492A1 (en) 2007-12-13 2009-06-18 Microsoft Corporation Selection and display of media associated with a geographic area based on gesture input
US20090167700A1 (en) 2007-12-27 2009-07-02 Apple Inc. Insertion marker placement on touch sensitive display
WO2009085779A1 (en) 2007-12-27 2009-07-09 Apple Inc. Insertion marker placement on touch sensitive display
US20090178008A1 (en) * 2008-01-06 2009-07-09 Scott Herz Portable Multifunction Device with Interface Reconfiguration Mode
US20100274674A1 (en) 2008-01-30 2010-10-28 Azuki Systems, Inc. Media navigation system
US20090228792A1 (en) 2008-03-04 2009-09-10 Van Os Marcel Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Portable Multifunction Device
US8201109B2 (en) * 2008-03-04 2012-06-12 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device
WO2009111249A2 (en) 2008-03-04 2009-09-11 Apple Inc. Selecting of text using gestures
US20090228841A1 (en) 2008-03-04 2009-09-10 Gesture Tek, Inc. Enhanced Gesture-Based Image Manipulation
US20090228842A1 (en) 2008-03-04 2009-09-10 Apple Inc. Selecting of text using gestures
US8352877B2 (en) 2008-03-06 2013-01-08 Microsoft Corporation Adjustment of range of content displayed on graphical user interface
US20090228828A1 (en) 2008-03-06 2009-09-10 Microsoft Corporation Adjustment of range of content displayed on graphical user interface
US20090225100A1 (en) 2008-03-10 2009-09-10 Yu-Chieh Lee Method and system for magnifying and displaying local image of touch display device by detecting approaching object
US20090235186A1 (en) 2008-03-12 2009-09-17 Microsoft Corporation Limited-scope rendering
US20090319888A1 (en) 2008-04-15 2009-12-24 Opera Software Asa Method and device for dynamically wrapping text when displaying a selected region of an electronic document
JP5165459B2 (ja) 2008-05-23 2013-03-21 ローム株式会社 傾斜センサ
US20090292989A1 (en) 2008-05-23 2009-11-26 Microsoft Corporation Panning content utilizing a drag operation
EP2138929A2 (en) 2008-06-24 2009-12-30 LG Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal capable of sensing proximity touch
EP2144149A2 (en) 2008-07-11 2010-01-13 HTC Corporation Touch-sensitive control systems and methods
US20100042933A1 (en) 2008-08-15 2010-02-18 International Business Machines Corporation Region selection control for selecting browser rendered elements
US20110007094A1 (en) 2008-08-28 2011-01-13 Google Inc. Architectures and methods for creating and representing time-dependent imagery
KR20100039253A (ko) 2008-10-07 2010-04-15 리서치 인 모션 리미티드 휴대용 전자 디바이스 및 이의 제어 방법
US20100123737A1 (en) 2008-11-19 2010-05-20 Apple Inc. Techniques for manipulating panoramas
US20110258537A1 (en) 2008-12-15 2011-10-20 Rives Christopher M Gesture based edit mode
US20100169766A1 (en) 2008-12-31 2010-07-01 Matias Duarte Computing Device and Method for Selecting Display Regions Responsive to Non-Discrete Directional Input Actions and Intelligent Content Analysis
US20100174979A1 (en) 2009-01-02 2010-07-08 Philip Andrew Mansfield Identification, Selection, and Display of a Region of Interest in a Document
US20100174732A1 (en) 2009-01-02 2010-07-08 Michael Robert Levy Content Profiling to Dynamically Configure Content Processing
US20100174985A1 (en) 2009-01-02 2010-07-08 Michael Robert Levy Identification of layout and content flow of an unstructured document
US20100174980A1 (en) 2009-01-02 2010-07-08 Philip Andrew Mansfield Identification of Regions of a Document
US20100202010A1 (en) 2009-02-11 2010-08-12 Jun Xiao Method and system for printing a web page
US20100231529A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-16 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for selecting text information
US8370736B2 (en) * 2009-03-16 2013-02-05 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US20100235783A1 (en) * 2009-03-16 2010-09-16 Bas Ording Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display
US20100235734A1 (en) 2009-03-16 2010-09-16 Bas Ording Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display
US20100235726A1 (en) 2009-03-16 2010-09-16 Bas Ording Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display
US20100283743A1 (en) 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Microsoft Corporation Changing of list views on mobile device
US8416205B2 (en) * 2009-09-25 2013-04-09 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulation of user interface objects with activation regions
US20110078597A1 (en) 2009-09-25 2011-03-31 Peter William Rapp Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulation of User Interface Objects with Activation Regions
US20110074698A1 (en) * 2009-09-25 2011-03-31 Peter William Rapp Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulation of User Interface Objects with Activation Regions
US20110074699A1 (en) * 2009-09-25 2011-03-31 Jason Robert Marr Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Scrolling a Multi-Section Document
US20110258563A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-20 Scott David Lincke Automatic Screen Zoom Level
US20110292084A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Palm, Inc. Text Box Resizing
US20130055150A1 (en) 2011-08-24 2013-02-28 Primesense Ltd. Visual feedback for tactile and non-tactile user interfaces
US20140139431A1 (en) 2012-11-21 2014-05-22 Htc Corporation Method for displaying images of touch control device on external display device
US20140317549A1 (en) 2013-04-17 2014-10-23 The Klever Co., Ltd. Method for Controlling Touchscreen by Using Virtual Trackball
JP7072233B2 (ja) 2019-04-09 2022-05-20 株式会社ニューギン 遊技機

Non-Patent Citations (270)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Ai Squared Products", Available at <http://www.aisquared.com/Products/index.cfm>, Oct. 25, 2005, 2 pages.
"Ai Squared Products-ZoomText Magnifier", Available at <http://www.aisquared.com/Products/zoomtextmag/index.cfm>, Oct. 26, 2005, 4 pages.
"Lunar Screen Magnifier and Lunar Plus Enhanced Screen Magnifier", Available at <http://www.dolphincomputeraccess.com/products/lunar.htm>, Oct. 25, 2005, 6 pages.
"Visual Disabilities", Available at <http://depts.stcc.edu/ods/Access/bpvisual.htm>, Oct. 25, 2005, 3 pages.
Advances in Human-Computer Interaction, Chapters 1, 5, and 6, Ablex Publishing Corporation, 1992, 121 pages.
Ahlberg et al., "Visual Information Seeking: Tight Coupling of Dynamic Query Filters with Starfield Displays," Human Factors in Computing Systems, Boston MA, Apr. 24-28, 1994, 7 pages.
Ahlberg, C. et al., "The Alphaslider: A Compact and Rapid Selector," ACM, Apr. 1984, proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, pp. 365-371.
Ahlström et al., "Overcoming Touchscreen User Fatigue by Workplace Design," Proceeding CHI '92 Posters and short talks of the 1992 SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems ACM, New York, 1992, 2 pages.
Apple Inc. vs. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. et al., Judgment in Interlocutory proceeding, Case No. 396957/KG ZA 11-730, civil law sector, Aug. 24, 2011, pp. 1-65.
Apple Inc. vs. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., et al., Samsung's Motion to Supplement Invalidity Contentions, Case No. 11-cv-01846-LHK, filed Jan. 27, 2012 together with Exhibit 6, Jan. 27, 2012, 47 pages.
Apple Inc. vs. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., et al., Samsung's Patent Local Rule 3-3 and 3-4 Disclosures, Case No. 11-cv-01846-LHK, dated Oct. 7, 2011, together with Exhibits G-1 through G-7 and Exhibit H, Oct. 7, 2011, 287 pages.
Apple.Com, "Keyboards", Catamount Software, Available at <http://www.apple.com/webapps/utilities/keyboards.html>, Oct. 23, 2007, 1 page.
Apple.com, "Quasi Clipboard," Apple Web Apps, Jan. 7, 2008, 1 page, http://www.apple.com/webapps/utilities/quasiclipboard.html.
Baeza-Yates, R., "Visualization of Large Answers in Text Databases," AVI '96 Proceedings of the Working Conference on Advanced Visual Interfaces, ACM, New York, 1996, 7 pages.
Barthel, B., "Information Access for Visuaiiy Impaired Persons: Do We Still Keep a 'Document' in 'Documentation'?" Professional Communication Conference, IPCC '95, Sep. 27-29, 1995, 5 pages.
Bederson et al., "Pad++; A Zooming Graphical Interface for Exploring Alternate Interface Physics," UIST ″94, 1994 ACM, 10 pages.
Bederson et al., "Pad++; A Zooming Graphical Interface for Exploring Alternate Interface Physics," UIST ''94, 1994 ACM, 10 pages.
Bederson et al., "The Craft of Information Visualization," Elsevier Science (USA) 2003, 435 pages.
Benel et al., "Optimal Size and Spacing of Touch Screen Input Areas," INTERACT '87-2nd IFIP International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, Sep. 1-4, 1987, Stuttgart, Germany, 5 pages.
Beringer et al., "Operator Behavioral Biases Using High-Resolution Touch Input Devices," Proceedings of the Human Factors Society 33rd Annual Meeting, 1989, 3 pages.
Beringer, D., Target Size, Location, Sampling Point and Instructional Set: More Effects on Touch Panel Operation, Proceedings of the Human Factors Society 34th Annual Meeting, 1990, 5 pages.
Bernabei et al., "Graphical I/O Devices for Medical Users," Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society, 1992 14th Annual International Conference of the IEEE, Oct. 29-Nov. 1, 1992, Paris, France, 3 pages.
Bier et al., "Toolglass and Magic Lenses: The See-Through Interface", Computer Graphics (SIGGRAPH '93 Proceedings), vol. 27, 1993, pp. 73-80.
Bier, et al., "Toolglass and Magic Lenses: The See-Through Interface," Proceedings of SIGGRAPH '93, Aug. 2-6, 1993, ACM 1993, 8 pages.
Bitstream®, "ThunderHawk Pocket PC Edition for End Users," © 2005, downloaded Jun. 12, 2006, 4 pages, http://www.bitstream.com/wireless/products/pocketpc/faq-using.html.
Brighthand, "Thread: Cut, Copy & Paste," Brighthand.com, Jan. 13, 2005, http://forum.brighthand.com/showthread.php?t=82701, 2 pages.
Brighthand, "Thread: How do I cut & paste, & copy on a PDA," Brighthand. Com, Sep. 19, 2004, http://forum.brighthand.com/showthread.php?s=2d32c96c9aaedaa454e3d05962503046&t=77588, 2 pages.
Brown et al., "Browsing Graphs Using a Fisheye View," INTERCHI '93, Apr. 24-29, 1993, ACM 1993, 1 page.
Burger, D., "Improved Access to Computers for the Visually Handicapped: New Prospects and Principles," IEEE Transactions on Rehabilitation Engineering, vol. 2, No, 3. Sep. 1994, 8 pages.
Card et al., "Readings in Information Visualization Using Vision to Think," Morgan Kaufman Publishers, Inc., 1999, 711 pages.
Chen, Y., "Detecting Web Page Structure for Adaptive Viewing on Small Form Factor Devices," Microsoft Research, i-yuchen@microsoft.com, May 20-24, 2003, 9 pages.
Decision to Grant dated Apr. 12, 2013, received in Chinese Patent Application No. 200880129021.6, which coresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 12 pages. (van Os).
Decision to Grant dated Dec. 20, 2011, received in European Patent Application No. 08873123.7, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 1 page (van Os).
Decision to Grant dated Jun. 5, 2012, received in Chinese Patent Application No. 200910118597.9, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 1 page (Westerman).
Decision to Grant dated May 15, 2012, received in Chinese Patent Application No. 200780046864.5, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 4 pages (Kocienda).
Degani et al., "'Soft' Controls for Hard Displays: Still a Challenge," Proceedings of the Human Factors Society 36th Annual Meeting, 1992, 5 pages.
Eslambolchilaar et al., "Making Sense of Fisheye Views," Second Dynamics and Interaction Workshop at University of Glasgow, Glasgow, Scotland, Aug. 2005, 6 pages.
European Search Report and Written Opinion dated Mar. 6, 2012, received in European Patent Application No. 11186455.9, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 9 pages (Kocienda).
European Search Report dated Aug. 20, 2009, received in European Application No. 09154312.4, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 10 pages (Westerman).
European Search Report dated May 9, 2102, received in European Patent Application No. 11192108.6, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 6 pages (van Os).
Final Office Action dated Apr. 18, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 9 pages (Westerman).
Final Office Action dated Apr. 31, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313 (Westerman).
Final Office Action dated Aug. 15, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,753, 11 pages (Ording).
Final Office Action dated Aug. 15, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,757, 12 pages (Ording).
Final Office Action dated Dec. 20, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,754, 24 pages (Ording).
Final Office Action dated Jan. 3, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,755, 18 pages (Kocienda).
Final Office Action dated Jul. 5, 2013, received in US. Appl. No. 13/243,582, 13 pages (Weeldreyer).
Final Office Action dated Jun. 22, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,751, 18 pages (Ording).
Final Office Action dated Jun. 28, 2010, received in U.S. Appl. No. 11/553,436, 12 pages (Ording).
Final Office Action dated Mar. 26, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,750, 16 pages (Ording).
Final Office Action dated Nov. 17, 2009, received in U.S. Appl. No. 10/927,925, 19 pages (Kennedy).
Final Office Action dated Oct. 31, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 23 pages (Kocienda).
Final Office Action dated Sep. 1, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/820,974, 36 pages (Kennedy).
Final Office Action dated Sep. 21, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 6 pages (van Os).
Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,754, mailed on May 22, 2014, 9 pages.
Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,757, mailed on Apr. 18, 2014, 11 pages.
Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 14/056,263, mailed on Sep. 30, 2014, 11 pages.
Final Office Action received for U.S. Patent Application No. 10/927,925, mailed on Dec. 20, 2007, 26 pages.
Final Office Action received for U.S. Patent Application No. 10/927,925, mailed on Nov. 10, 2008, 22 pages.
FreewarePalm, "CutPaste5 v3.1," FreewarePalm.com, Apr. 5, 2004, http://www.freewarepalm.com/utilities/cutpaste5.shtml, 2 pages.
Fumas, G., "The Fisheye Calendar System," Bellcore Technical Memorandum, Nov. 19, 1991 , 9 pages.
Furnas et al., "Space-Scale Diagrams: Understanding Multiscale Interfaces," CHI '95 Proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems, ACM Press/Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. New York, NY, USA, 1995, 12 pages.
Furnas, G., "Effective View Navigation," CHI '97 Proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems, ACM, New York, 1997, 8 pages.
Furnas, G., "Generalized Fisheye Views," ACM SIGCHI Bulletin, Special Issue: CHI '86 Conference Proceedings, vol. 17, Issue 4, Apr. 1986, 8 pages.
Greenberg, Saul, "A Fisheye Text Editor for Relaxed-WYSIWIS Groupware", CHI '96 Companion, Vancouver, Canada, Apr. 13-18, 1996, 2 pages.
Hinckley et al., "A survey of Design Issues in Spatial Input," Proceedings of the ACM Symposium on User Interface Software and Technology, Nov. 2-4, 1994, 10 pages.
Holman et al., "PaperWindows: Interaction Techniques for Digital Paper," Papers: Physical Interaction, CHI 2005, Apr. 2-7, 2005, Portland, Oregon, USA, 9 pages.
HTC Europe Co. Ltd and Apple Inc. Invalidity Claim dated Apr. 5, 2012, together with annexes, 12 pages.
HTC Europe Co. Ltd and Apple Inc. invalidity Claim dated Jul. 29, 2011, together with amended Particulars of Claim and amended Grounds of Invalidity, 22 pages.
IBM, "Simon Says 'Here's How?'" Simon Users Manual, IBM Corp 1994, 63 pages.
Intention to Grant dated Sep. 13, 2011, received in European Patent Application No. 08 873 123.7, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 4 pages (van Os).
International Preliminary Report on Patentability dated Sep. 16, 2010, received in International Application No. PCT/US2008/086542, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 11 pages (van Os).
International Preliminary Report on Patentability received for PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2007/082486, issued on Apr. 28, 2009, 7 pages.
International Preliminary Report on Patentability received for PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/035177, issued on Sep. 07, 2010, 11 pages.
International Preliminary Report on Patentability received for PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/026947, mailed on Sep. 29, 2011, 11 pages.
International Preliminary Report on Patentability received for PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2012/040291, mailed on Dec. 12, 2013, 19 pages.
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Jan. 17, 2013, received in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2012/040291, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,202, 28 pages. (Weeldreyer)
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Jul. 18, 2008, received in International Application No. PCT/US2007/082486, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 12 pages (Kocienda).
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Jun. 22, 2011, received in International Application No. PCT/US2010/026947, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,750, 17 pages (Ording).
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated May 2, 2011, received in International Application No. PCT/US2010/060113, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/638,736, 15 pages (McCullough).
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Nov. 12, 2009, received in International Application No. PCT/US2008/086542, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 16 pages (van Os).
International Search Report and Written Opinion received for PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US08/087045, mailed on Feb. 27, 2009, 13 pages.
International Search Report and Written Opinion received for PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2007/077645, mailed on Jan. 10, 2008, 7 pages.
International Search Report dated Sep. 10, 2009, received in International Application No. PCT/US/2009/035177, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 6 pages (Westerman).
Invitation to Pay Additional Fees dated Aug. 30, 2012, received in International Application No. PCT/US2012/040591, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,202, 7 pages (Weeldreyer).
Invitation to Pay Additional Fees dated Jun. 9, 2009, received in International Application No. PCT/US009/035177, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 6 pages (Westerman).
Ionelysandwich, "iPhone Copy/Paste Proof of Concept Video," Jan. 28, 2008, 1 page, http://babygotmac.com/a/iphone-copypaste-proof-of-concept-video/.
iPhone Hacks, "iCopy Brings Copy & Paste Feature to the iPhone," Mar. 2008, 3 pages, http://www.iphonehacks.com/2008/03/iphone-icopy.html.
iPhone Hacks, "iPhone App-MagicPad's Copy & Paste Feature," Jul. 2008, 2 pages, http://www.iphonehacks.com/2008/07/iphonecopypaste.html.
Johnson, J., "A Comparison of User Interfaces for Panning on a Touch-Controlled Display," CHI '95 Proceedings, ACM 1995, 18 pages.
Jordan, M., "Quick Look in Leopard," Mac Tips, Nov. 7, 2007, 6 pages, http://mactips.info/tips/2007/11/quick-look-in-leopard.
Kamba et al., "Using small screen space more efficiently," CHI '96, Vancouver, BC, Canada, Apr. 13-18, 1996, 8 pages.
Keahey et al., "Non-Linear Image Magnification," Department of Computer Science, Indiana University, Apr. 24, 1996, 11 pages.
Keahey et al., "Nonlinear Magnification Fields," Department of Computer Science, Indiana University, Proceedings of the 1997 IEEE Symposium on Interaction Visualization, 12 pages.
Keahey et al., "Techniques for Non-Linear Magnification Transformations," Proceedings of the 1996 Symposium on Information Visualization, 8 pages.
Keahey et al., "Viewing Text With Non-Linear Magnification: An Experimental Study," Department of Computer Science, Indianan University, Apr. 24, 1990, 9 pages.
Kline et al., "Improving GUI Accessibility for People with Low Vision," Proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems, May 7-11, 1995, 10 pages.
Kline et al., "UnWindows 1.0: X Windows Tools for Low Vision Users," Newsletter ACM SIGCHI Computers and the Physically Handicapped, Issue 49, Mar. 1994, 5 pages.
Kottke et al., "New iPhone features," kottke.org, Jul. 5, 2007, http://web.archive.org/web/20070705203857/http://www.knttke.org/07/07/new-iphone-features, 19 pages.
Lamping et al., "Laying out and Visualizing Large Trees Using a Hyperbolic Space." Proceedings of the 7th Annual ACM Symposium on User Interface Software and Technology, Nov. 2-4, 1994, ACM New York, NY, USA, 1994, 2 pages.
Lazzaro, J., "Adapting desktop computers to meet the needs of disabled workers is easier than you might think," Byte Magazine, Jun. 1993, #144, 5 pages.
Leahy et al., "Effect of Touch Screen Target Location on User Accuracy," Proceeding of the Human Factors Society 34th Annual Meeting, 1990, 5 pages.
Lee at al., "A Multi-Touch Three Dimensional Touch-Sensitive Tablet," CHI 85 Proceedings, Apr. 1985, pp. 21-25.
Leganchuk et al., "Manual and Cognitive Benefits of Two-Handed Input: An Experimental Study", Transactions on Human-Computer Interaction, vol. 5, No. 4, Dec. 1998, 45 pages.
Lemmons et al., "Hewlett-Packard makes some magic," Product Review, Byte Publications Inc., Oct. 1983, 15 pages.
Leung et al., "A Review and Taxonomy of Distortion-Oriented Presentation Techniques," ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, vol. 1, No. 2 Jun. 1994. 35 pages.
Lieberman, H., "A Multi-Scale, Multi-Layer, Translucent Virtual Space," First International Conference on Information Visualization (IV'97), London, England, Aug. 27-28, 8 pages.
Lieberman, H., "Powers of Ten Thousand: Navigating in Large Information Spaces," Proceedings of the ACM Symposium on User Interface Software and Technology, Nov. 2-4, 1994, 2 pages.
Mac Forums, "How Would You Like Selection/Copy/Paste to Work?" Jul. 17, 2007, 13 pages, http://forums.macrumors.com/showthread.php?p=3932833#post3932833.
MacKenzie et al., "Alphanumeric entry on pen-based computers," International Journal of Human-Computer Studies (1994) 41, 18 pages.
Mackenzie, I. Scott, "Input Devices and Interaction Techniques for Advanced Computing", W. Barfield, & T.A. Furness III (Eds.), Virtual environments and advanced interface design, Oxford University Press, 1995, 24 pages.
Mackinlay et al., "The Perspective Wall: Detail and Context Smoothly Integrated," Proceedings of CHI '91 ACM Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, ACM 1991, 7 pages.
Microsoft.com, "Touch," msdn.microsoft.com, downloaded May 5, 2011, http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc872774.aspx, 18 pages.
Miller, D., "Personal/Java Application Environment," Jun. 8, 1999, http://java.sun.com/products/personaljava/touchable, 12 pages.
Milner, N., "A Review of Human Performance and Preferences with Different Input Devices to Computer Systems," Proceedings of the 4th Conference of the British Computer Society on People and Computers, Cambridge University Press, 1988, 22 pages.
Mitchell, R. "GUI Gets a Makeover," Computerworid Software, 4 pages, Sep. 25, 2006, http://www.computerworld.com/action/article.do?command=printArticleBasic&articleId=263695.
Motorola Mobility Opposition Grounds to Apple Inc. European Patent EP 2126678 dated Apr. 11, 2012, together with Exhibits E3, E4, and E5 re: CHT 2005, Apr. 2-7, 2005, Portland Oregon, USA, Apr. 2012, 53 pages.
NCIP staff, "Magnification Technology," National Center to Improve Practice in Special Education Through Technology, Media, and Materials, 1994, 7 pages, http://www2.edc.org/ncip/library/vi/magnifi.htm.
Noik, G., "Layout-independent Fisheye Views of Nested Graphs," in VL'93: IEEE Symposium on Visual Languages, IEEE 1993, 6 pages.
Non Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,754, mailed on Dec. 27, 2013, 21 pages.
Non Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,757, mailed on Dec. 20, 2013, 9 pages.
Non Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 12/964,679, mailed on Jul. 03, 2014, 15 pages.
Non-Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,757, mailed on Sep. 03, 2014, 9 pages.
Non-Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 12/964,679, mailed on Mar. 02, 2015, 8 pages.
Non-Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,582, mailed on Jan. 29, 2015, 15 pages.
Non-Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,582, mailed on Mar. 28, 2014, 17 pages.
Non-Final Office Action received for U.S. Appl. No. 14/056,263, mailed on Mar. 12, 2014, 5 pages.
Non-Final Office Action received for U.S. Patent Application No. 10/927,925, mailed on Jul. 24, 2007, 21 pages.
Notice of Allowance dated Apr. 27, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 25 pages (van Os).
Notice of Allowance dated Apr. 4, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,750, 9 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance dated Apr. 8, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,759, 14 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance dated Aug. 3, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/20,974, 8 pages (Kennedy).
Notice of Allowance dated Dec. 18, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/820,974, 14 pages (Kennedy).
Notice of Allowance dated Jan. 27, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,750, 10 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance dated Jan. 9, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 10 pages (van Os).
Notice of Allowance dated Jul. 11, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,752, 16 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance dated Jul. 3, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,750, 34 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance dated Jul. 3, 2013, received in U S. Appl. No. 13/243,637, 13 pages (Weeldreyer).
Notice of Allowance dated Jun. 11, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,760, 11 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance dated Jun. 12, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 16 pages (Kocienda).
Notice of Allowance dated Jun. 5, 2012 received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,752, 7 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance dated Mar. 15, 2010, received in U.S. Appl. No. 10/927,925, 8 pages (Kennedy).
Notice of Allowance dated May 31, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,756, 5 pages (Kocienda).
Notice of Allowance dated Oct. 15, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/566,756, 15 pages (Kocienda).
Notice of Allowance dated Oct. 18, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,506, 13 pages (Weeldreyer).
Notice of Allowance dated Oct. 2, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,760, 13 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance dated Oct. 2, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 8 pages (Westerman).
Notice of Allowance dated Sep. 16, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,423, 12 pages (Weeldreyer).
Notice of Allowance dated Sep. 29, 2010, received in U.S. Appl. No. 11/553,436, 8 pages (Ording).
Notice of Allowance received for Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-000636, mailed on Feb. 13, 2015, 3 pages (Official Copy only). (See Communication under 37 CFR § 1.98(a) (3)).
Notice of Allowance received for Korean Patent Application No. 10-2013-7028483, mailed on Aug. 19, 2014, 3 pages (Official Copy only). (See Communication under 37 CFR § 1.98(a) (3)).
Notice of Allowance received for U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,753, mailed on Jan. 31, 2014, 8 pages.
Notice of Allowance received for U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,423, mailed on Jan. 8, 2014, 9 pages.
Notice of Allowance received for U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,506, mailed on Feb. 6, 2014, 8 pages.
Notice of Allowance received for U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,637, mailed on Dec. 31, 2013, 8 pages.
Notice of Allowance received for U.S. Appl. No. 14/056,263, mailed on Dec. 15, 2014, 6 pages.
Notice of Allowance received for U.S. Appl. No. 14/056,263, mailed on Oct. 24, 2014, 8 pages.
Office Action dated Apr. 16, 2009, received in U.S. Appl. No. 10/927,925, 15 pages (Kennedy).
Office Action dated Apr. 26, 2013, received in Korean Patent Application No. 10-2011-7024282, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,750, 2 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Aug. 10, 2011, received in Chinese Patent Application No. 200780046864.5, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 10 pages (Kocienda).
Office Action dated Aug. 2, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,759, 28 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Aug. 24, 2011, received in Chinese Patent Application No. 200910118597.9, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 6 pages (Westerman).
Office Action dated Aug. 5, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,753, 12 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Dec. 29, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/820,974, 26 pages (Kennedy).
Office Action dated Dec. 31, 2010, received in Chinese Patent Application No. 200910118597.9, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 17 pages (Westerman).
Office Action dated Dec. 7, 2010 received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 10 pages (Westerman).
Office Action dated Feb. 14, 2011, received in European Patent Application No. 08 873 123.7, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 4 pages (van Os).
Office Action dated Feb. 2, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,756, 31 pages (Kocienda).
Office Action dated Feb. 9, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 18 pages (Kocienda).
Office Action dated Jan. 27, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,752, 33 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Jan. 27. 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,760, 39 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Jul. 25, 2013, received in European Patent Application No. 11 186 455.9, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 6 pages (Kocienda).
Office Action dated Jul. 26, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,755, 31 pages (Kocienda).
Office Action dated Jun. 12, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,754, 41 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Jun. 3, 2013, received in Japanese Patent Application No. 2012 500841, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,750, 2 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Jun. 4, 2012, received in Chinese Patent Application No. 200880129021.6, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 7 pages (van Os).
Office Action dated Mar. 1, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,751, 36 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Mar. 13, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,753, 31 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Mar. 18, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/242,852, 16 pages (van Os).
Office Action dated Mar. 2, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,757, 31 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated May 13, 2009, received in U.S. Appl. No. 11/553,436, 18 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated May 24, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,423, 13 pages (Weeldreyer).
Office Action dated May 24, 2013, received in U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,506, 18 pages (Weeldreyer).
Office Action dated May 5, 2008, received in U.S. Appl. No. 10/927,925, 23 pages (Kennedy).
Office Action dated Nov. 8, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,637, 8 pages (Weeldreyer).
Office Action dated Oct. 15, 2009, received in European Patent Application No. 07 854 411.1, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 11/923,453, 5 pages (Kocienda).
Office Action dated Oct. 25, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 13/243,582, 13 pages (Weeldreyer).
Office Action dated Oct. 30, 2008, received in U.S. Appl. No. 11/553,436, 18 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Oct. 30, 2009, received in U.S. Appl. No. 11/553,436, 13 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Oct. 8, 2013, received in European Patent Application No. 09 154 312.4, which corresponds to U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 4 pages (Westerman).
Office Action dated Sep. 26, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/565,750, 11 pages (Ording).
Office Action dated Sep. 27, 2012, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/042,313, 26 pages (Westerman).
Office Action received for Australian Patent Application No. 2012262127, issued on Jan. 27, 2015, 3 pages.
Office Action received for Canadian Patent Application No. 2,755,796, mailed on Oct. 22, 2014, 4 pages.
Office Action received for Chinese Patent Application No. 201210295979.0, mailed on May 5, 2014, 12 pages (6 pages of English Translation and 6 pages of Official copy).
Office Action received for European Application No. 09154312.4, mailed on Feb. 05, 2010, 1 page.
Office Action received for European Patent Application No. 07854411.1, mailed on Apr. 18, 2012, 5 pages.
Office Action received for European Patent Application No. 10712823.3, mailed on Nov. 20, 2012, 6 pages.
Office Action received for Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-513715, mailed on Jan. 16, 2015, 8 pages (5 pages of English Translation and 3 pages of Official Copy).
Office Action received for Korean Patent Application No. 10-2013-7032396, mailed on Jan. 21, 2015, 3 pages (Official Copy only). (See Communication under 37 CFR § 1.98(a) (3)).
Office Action received for Korean Patent Application No. 201210295979.0, mailed on Mar. 23, 2015, 13 pages (6 pages of English Translation and 7 pages of Official Copy).
Office Acton dated Mar. 14, 2011, received in U.S. Appl. No. 12/820,974, 31 pages (Kennedy).
Partial European Search Report received for European Patent Application No. 09154312.4, mailed on Jun. 3, 2009, 4 pages.
Perez, B., "Palm Reader", LexisNexis, South China Morning Post, Nov. 1, 2005, 1 page.
Phillipps, B., "Touchscreens are changing the face of computers," Electronic Products 1994, 7 pages.
Pickering, J., "Touch-sensitive screens: the technologies and their application," Int. J. Man-Machine Studies (1986), 21 pages.
Plaisant et al., "Touchscreen Interfaces for Alphanumeric Data Entry," Proceedings of the Human Factors Society 36th Annual Meeting, 1992, 5 pages.
Plaisant et al., "Touchscreen Toggle Design," Proceedings of the Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, Addison Wesley, US, May 3, 1992, 2 pages.
Pleading notes Mr B.J. Berghuis van Woodman, in matter of Apple Inc. vs Samsung Electronics, Case No. KG ZA 11-730 and KG ZA 11-731, Aug. 10-11, 2010, pp. 1-16.
Pleading notes Mr Kleemans, Mr Blomme and Mr Van Oorschot, in matter of Apple Inc. vs Samsung Electronics, Case No. KG ZA 11-730 and KG ZA 11-731, Aug. 10, 2011, 35 pages.
Potter et al., "An Experimental Evaluation of Three Touch Screen Strategies within a Hypertext Database," International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction 1 (1) 41-52, 1989, 12 pages.
Potter et al., "Improving the Accuracy of Touch Screens: An Experimental Evaluation of Three Strategies," CHI '88 Proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems, ACM New York, NY, USA, 1988, 6 pages.
Rao et al., "Exploring Large Tables with the Table Lens," CHI '95 Mosaic of Creativity, May 7-11, 1995, CHI' Companion 95, Denver, Colorado, USA, 2 pages.
Rao et al., "The Table Lens: Merging Graphical and Symbolic Representations in an Interactive Focus+Context Visualization for Tabular Information," Proceedings of the ACM SIGCHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, Boston, MA, Apr. 1994, 7 pages.
Raskin, A., "Firefox Mobile Concept Video," Aza'S Thoughts, Jun. 11, 2008, http://www.azarask.in/blog/post/firefox-mobile-concept~vido/, 50 pages.
Raskin, A., "Firefox Mobile Concept Video," Aza'S Thoughts, Jun. 11, 2008, http://www.azarask.in/blog/post/firefox-mobile-concept˜vido/, 50 pages.
Rekimoto, J. et al., "PreSense: Interaction Techniques for Finger Sensing Input Devices," UIST 2003, Vancouver, BC, Canada, © 2003 ACM, vol. 5, issue 2, pp. 203-212.
Ren et al., "Efficient strategies for selecting small targets on pen-based systems: an evaluation experiment for selection strategies and strategy classifications," Proceedings of the IFIP, vol. 22, 1999, 19 pages.
Ren et al., "Improving Selection Performance on Pen-Based Systems: A Study of Pen-Based Interaction for Selection Tasks," ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, vol. 7, No. 3, Sep. 2000, 33 pages.
Ren et al., "The Best among Six Strategies for Selecting a Minute Target and the Determination of the Minute Maximum Size of the Targets on a Pen-Based Computer," INTERACT '97, Proceedings of the IFIP TC13 International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, Sydney, Australia, Jul. 1997, 8 pages.
Riecken, R., "Adaptive Direct Manipulation," IEEE International Conference Proceedings on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, Decision Aiding for Complex Systems, 1991, 6 pages.
Ritchie, Rene, "App Review +Q&A: MagicPad Brings Rich Text and Cut and Paste to the iPhone", available at <http://www.imore.com/app-review-qa-magicpad-brings-rich-text-and-cut-and-paste-to-the-iphone>, Aug. 05, 2008, 6 pages.
Robertson et al., "Information Visualization Using 3D Interactive Animation," Communications of the ACM, Apr. 1993, vol. 36, No. 4, 15 pages.
Robertson et al., "The Document Lens," UIST '93 Proceedings of the 6th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology, ACM, New York, 1993, 8 pages.
Rosner et al., "In Touch: A Graphical User Interface Development Tool," Software Tools for Interface Design, IEEE Colloquium, London, UK, Nov. 8, 1990, 7 pages.
Rubine, D., "Combining Gestures and Direct Manipulation," Conference of Human Factors in Computing Systems, pp. 659-660, 1992.
Rubine, D., "The Automatic Recognition of Gestures," 1991 Dean Harris Rubine, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon University, 285 pages.
Rubine, Dean Harris, "The Automatic Recognition of Gestures", CMU-CS-91-202, Thesis Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Computer Science at Carnegie Mellon University, Dec. 1991, 285 pages.
Samsung Electronics GmbH vs Apple Inc., "List scrolling and document translation, scaling and rotation on a touch-screen display", Opposition, Jan. 30, 2012, 27 pages.
Samsung Electronics vs Apple Inc., Statement of Defense Also Counterclaim, Case No. KG ZA 2011-730, Jul. 20, 2011, 44 pages.
Samsung Electronics vs Apple Inc., Statement of Defense Also Counterclaim, Case No. KG ZA 2011-731, Jul. 20, 2011, 48 pages.
Sarkar et al., "Graphical Fisheye Views of Graphs," Chi'92, Proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human Factors in Computing Science, May 3-7, 1992, ACM N Y, 1992, 9 pages.
Sarkar et al., "Graphical Fisheye Views of Graphs," Mar. 17, 1992, DEC/Systems Research Center 1992, 31 pages.
Sarkar et al., "Graphical Fisheye Views," Communications of the ACM, Dec. 1994, vol. 37, No. 12, 12 pages.
Sarkar et al., "Stretching the Rubber Sheet: A Metaphor for Viewing Large Layouts on Small Screens," Proceedings of the ACM Symposium on User Interface Software and Technology, Nov. 3-5, 1993, 11 pages.
Schaffer et al., "Navigating Hierarchically Clustered Networks through Fisheye and Full-Zoom Methods," ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, vol. 3, No. 2, Jun. 1996, 27 pages.
Scott et al., "Designing Touch Screen Numeric Keypads: Effects of Finger Size, Key Size, and Key Spacing," Proceedings of the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society 41st Annual Meeting, 1997, 5 pages.
Sears et al., "High precision touchscreens: design strategies and comparisons with a mouse," Int. J. Man-Machine Studies (1991) 34, 21 pages.
Sears et al., "Investigating touchscreen typing: the effect of keyboard size on typing speed," Behavior & Information Technology, 1993, vol. 12, No. 1, 6 pages.
Sheelagh et al., "3-Dimensional Pliable Surfaces: For the Effective Presentation of Visual Information," 1995 User Interface Software & Technology, 11 pages.
Sheelagh et al., "Extending Distortion Viewing from 2D to 3D," IEEE Computer Graphics and Applications, vol. 17, Issue 4, Jul./Aug. 1997, 10 pages.
Sheelagh et al., "Making Distortions Comprehensible," Proceedings of Symposium on Visual Languages, 1997, 10 pages.
Shen et al., "Informing the Design of Direct-Touch Tabletops," IEEE Sep./Oct. 2006, pp. 36-46.
Shneiderman, B., "Designing the User Interface Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction," Second Edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing, Company 1992, 599 pages.
Shneiderman, B., "Designing the User Interface Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction," Third Edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company 1998, 669 pages.
Shneiderman, B., "Direct Manipulation for Comprehensible, Predictable and Controllable User Interfaces," IUI '97 Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Intelligent User Interfaces, ACM New York, New York, USA 1997, 7 pages.
Shneiderman, B., "The Eyes Have It: A Task by Data Type Taxonomy for Information Visualizations," Proceedings of the 1996 IEEE Symposium on Visual Languages (VL '96), 1996 IEEE, 8 pages.
Shneiderman, B., "Touch Screens Now Offer Compelling Uses," Interface IEEE Software, Mar. 1991, 2 pages.
Simkovitz, D., "LP-DOS Magnifies the PC Screen," Proceedings of the Johns Hopkins National Search for Computing Applications to Assist Persons with Disabilities, Feb. 1-5, 1992, 2 pages.
Smith, R., "Relating Distortion to Performance in Distortion Oriented Displays," Proceedings Sixth Australian Conference on Computer-Human Interaction, 1996, Hamilton, New Zealand, 6 pages.
Sparks of Innovation in Human-Computer Interaction, B. Shneiderman, Ed., Ablex Publ., Norwood, N.J., (1993), various sections, 133 pages.
Starrett, C., "iPhone Gems: Top Photography and Image Manipulation Apps," iLounge, Oct. 8, 2008, 14 pages, http://www.ilounge.com/index.php/articles/comments/iphone-gems-top-photography-and-image-manipulation-apps.
Stone et al., "The Movable Filter as a User Interface Tool," CHI '94 Proceedings of SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems: celebrating interdependence, ACM New York. NY, USA, 1994, 7 pages.
Su et al., "A Review of Supernova Screen Magnification Program for Windows," Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, Feb. 1999, 3 pages.
Su et al., "A Review of Zoom Text Xtra Screen Magnification Program for Windows 95," Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, Feb. 1998, 4 pages.
Su, J., "A Review of Telesensory's Vista PCI Screen Magnification System," Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, Oct. 1998, 5 pages.
Treo FAQ, "How can I copy and, paste text on my Treo?" treocentral.com, downloaded Sep. 4, 2012. http://www.treocentral.com/content/FAQ/110.htm, 1 page.
Uslan et al., "A Review of Henter-Joyce's MAGic for Windows NT," Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness, Oct. 1999, 3 pages.
Uslan et al., "A Review of Two Screen Magnification Programs for Windows 95: Magnum 95 and LP-Windows," Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, Sep.-Oct. 1997, 5 pages.
Vimeo, "iPhone Copy and Paste," lonelysandwich, Sep. 2007, http://www.vimeo.com/266383, 7 pages.
Vogel et al., "Shift: A Technique for Operating Pen-Based Interfaces Using Touch," CHI 2007, Apr. 28-May 3, 2007, 10 pages.
W3C, "Cascading Style Sheets," level 2 revision 1 Css 2.1 Specification, Jun. 13, 2005, 14 pages, http://www.w3.org/TR/2005/WD-CSS21-20050613.
Ware et al., "The DragMag Image Magnifier," CHI '95 Mosaic of Creativity, May 7-11, 1995, ACM 1995, 2 pages.
Westerman, W., "Hand Tracking Finger Identification and Chordic Manipulation on a Multi-touch Surface," Doctoral Dissertation, submitted Spring 1999, 363 pages.
Yatani et al., "Escape: A target Selection Technique Using Visually-cued Gestures," CHI 2008, Apr. 5-10, 2008, Florence, Italy, 10 pages.
YouTube "iPhone Copy and Paste video", Available online at <http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UXgsQhiGeag>, Nov. 21, 2011.
YouTube, "Copy and Paste on a Palm Pre," 1:13 minute video uploaded to YouTube by MobileInfocenter on Jan. 9, 2009, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=luMEMEBiL-g. 2 pages.
YouTube, "Copy/Cut and Paste for iPhone," 3:19 minute video, uploaded to YouTube by madmaxwhatever on Aug. 20, 2008, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3-3ZmJL5BCg, 1 page.
YouTube, "eMind Basic Gestures: Cutting, Copying and Pasting Text," 1:10 minute video uploaded to YouTube by quine42 on Nov. 22, 2008, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4QIOYiCoChc, 1 page.
YouTube, "iPhone Cut & Paste with(in) Citrix XenApp," 1:31 minute video uploaded to YouTube by chrisfictxs on Jan. 6, 2009, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NJDnQ4DAY3s, 1 page.

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9632695B2 (en) 2006-10-26 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting an insertion point marker
US9846533B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2017-12-19 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US9875013B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2018-01-23 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US10761716B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2020-09-01 Apple, Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US10664144B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2020-05-26 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US11256401B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2022-02-22 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US10126846B2 (en) * 2015-04-09 2018-11-13 Blackberry Limited Portable electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of controlling selection of information
US10324599B2 (en) 2016-03-30 2019-06-18 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Assistive move handle for object interaction
US11106340B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-08-31 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Information processing apparatus and information processing method
US11543949B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2023-01-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Information processing apparatus and information processing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101834622B1 (ko) 2018-03-05
US8719695B2 (en) 2014-05-06
JP6138866B2 (ja) 2017-05-31
US8677232B2 (en) 2014-03-18
US11256401B2 (en) 2022-02-22
US8661339B2 (en) 2014-02-25
US20120306779A1 (en) 2012-12-06
CN103562841B (zh) 2017-12-08
US20120311437A1 (en) 2012-12-06
AU2012262127B2 (en) 2016-01-28
KR20140018377A (ko) 2014-02-12
WO2012166976A2 (en) 2012-12-06
AU2016202724A1 (en) 2016-05-19
CN107992261A (zh) 2018-05-04
US20120311435A1 (en) 2012-12-06
US10664144B2 (en) 2020-05-26
CN107992261B (zh) 2021-06-11
US9244605B2 (en) 2016-01-26
US20160132224A1 (en) 2016-05-12
AU2016202724B2 (en) 2017-09-28
CN103562841A (zh) 2014-02-05
JP2014525065A (ja) 2014-09-25
US20120306778A1 (en) 2012-12-06
EP2715508A2 (en) 2014-04-09
WO2012166976A3 (en) 2013-03-28
JP2015230732A (ja) 2015-12-21
KR20150048922A (ko) 2015-05-07
JP5987054B2 (ja) 2016-09-06
US20120311422A1 (en) 2012-12-06
US20200278786A1 (en) 2020-09-03
KR101673509B1 (ko) 2016-11-10
AU2012262127A1 (en) 2013-11-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11256401B2 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US10042549B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface with a dynamic gesture disambiguation threshold
US10013161B2 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for navigating and editing text
US9772759B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for data input using virtual sliders
US9563351B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating between document sections
US9645699B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting partially off-screen windows
US8572481B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying additional snippet content
US8766928B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating user interface objects
US9436381B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and annotating an electronic document

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: APPLE INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WEELDREYER, CHRISTOPHER DOUGLAS;MURRETT, MARTIN J.;SCHOMER, MATTHEW TODD;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20111028 TO 20111201;REEL/FRAME:029472/0356

AS Assignment

Owner name: APPLE INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE ASSIGNMENT PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 029472 FRAME 0356. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE CORRECT NAME OF ASSIGNOR KEVIN RAEMON GLYN SMITH IS KEVIN RAEMON GLYN SMYTH.;ASSIGNORS:WEELDREYER, CHRISTOPHER DOUGLAS;MURRETT, MARTIN J.;SCHOMER, MATTHEW TODD;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20111028 TO 20111201;REEL/FRAME:031264/0067

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

CC Certificate of correction
MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 8